30
It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and the fire-fighters can't stop the fire. People are running from their houses down to the Ri v er Thames. But how does t he fire begin and who can stop it? Wha t is the Kin g of Engla nd doing to help? Illustrated by Lyn Stone Cover image court esy of Bridg ema n Ar t Library Ltd {The Great Fire of London. c.1670 on canvas), English School/Yale ( enter fo r Br itish Art, Pa ul Mellon Co llection, USA) Eo..... This book Is support ed by a IoI ultiROIoI, containing a complete V dramatized audio record ing oftl1e story plus Interactive activities. Series Ed it ors.: 8i llBowier and Sue Parminter Wo rd count 1,901 oxFORD U NIVERSI T Y PRESS \ WWW.ou I.. .com!elt OXFORD ENGLISH ISBN 978·0·19-424705·4

oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    2

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

Its London 1666 Its a hot dry summer A small fire starts in a middotbakers shop in Pudding Lane Soon the city of London is burning and the fire-fighters cant stop the fire People are running from their houses down to the Ri ver Thames

But how does t he fire begin and who can stop it What is the Kin g of England doing to help

Illustrated by Lyn Stone Cover image courtesy of Bridgeman Ar t Library Ltd The Great Fire of London c1670 (~il on canvas) English SchoolYale ( enter fo r British Art Pa ul Mellon Collection USA)

Eo This book Is supported by a IoI ultiROIoI containing a complete V dramatized audio record ing oftl1e story plus Interactive activities

Series Editors 8illBowier and Sue Parminter

Word count 1901

oxFORD U NIVERSIT Y PRESS

WWWouIcomelt

OXFORD ENGLISH ISBN 978middot0middot19-424705middot4

shy x ~

n

- -

-

- =gt

~

=gt

- -

ifgt

shylL

C

+

- 0

ruD

OJ

C

L

0 L

9-J O

J c Ishy

~

T

I

lty

I

C)

I C

~

-0-(

OXFORD VNJVRSTY PRESS

Gre CLarendon Street (hSordoXl 6 Oxford Univ rmy Press js a dltpMUn~n oftlle Univity of Oxford It funh= We Uni~tymiddot objective ofexcellence in r=rm scholarship ond cdulttion by publiJhing wotldgtidc in

Oxford New York Aucllind DpoTown Du~ Salum Hong Kong llt=lChl KIlumpur Madrid M~lbou MtliroCity Nairobi New Delhi Shtngmd Tgtipei Toronto

Withoffiltltin ArjenriJu Austrult BraU Chile C7elth Republi Frmce Gr=e Gl3temal Hunggtry 11~y Jap1n Po1nd Porro~l SlVIporltgt South Korea Swiner)nd TlWW1d Thrkey Ulltr41nt Vietnun

OuO~D gtndoxoo HGLIltH au rOJisterod trade marks of Oxford Univ~rsity lr= in the UX rnd in c~IUin other rountri

This edition fl Otiord Univerltlty Pus Z010

The mo3 rilhrlt of the ~Ulhr luvo ~o rted D~tab nght Oxford Uniwrsity Pres (=brj

First publihed in DominOltgt 3

~ 2013 01gt 0 0

l09S765~321

In 97S 19 4H70S BOOK JltBN 978 0 9 4~4669 9 BOOK NO MunROM Pcx MucnROM NOT AVAlIJl1lG SUARAULY

No unauthorized photocopying

IIl rijhts od No pxrt of this publication Y ~ reproduced laquoored in a rlttrivgt S)$lcm or trallSminelt in any form or by any moaru

without the prio pernlis$ion in writlIlg ofOxford UnIversity Pre or as aprnsly pcrmineltl by law or under tenru ~eed with lthe awropriat reprogaphics righl$ orpniDtion EnqWri~ corgtlaquoming production outside the scope of the ~bove should be bull to the ELT RighlS Dltgtp=ent Oxford Uni=nlty Pres 3t lthe address 2lQW

You must not cirrulale this book in any other binding or CO~t md you mw mp~ this =~ condition on any aCltl~r

Any web rltf~rr in this publication arc in he public do=in ~nd their ~dd=ltes a pJQVided by Qxfod University Press for information onl) Oxford UniwlSity rre disclaims ~ny =PltgtIIsdbility for the ~on~n

Printed in China

ACXNOWDCUUNTS

Illitsmltio by Lyn Stone

11gtlt pubfu1gtltT woutd Iikt to tiGnl thltollowUgOf pltn1lisrion W prod pwrograpm AKG-lmagcs p40 (Vesuviugt erupting oil on can) Bridgltgtrnan An ubrary Ltd pp iv (The Great Fire oftondon 1799 ~ed by J-C Stgtdl~ LoucherbouIj Philipp M (1740-1S121Iafrerl I Guildhall ubrary City of London) 31 (Vw ofth~ Monumen lt1770 Jamelt Wlli~m (1731)-80) I PriVolte Collelttion 1gt Cvin Crahtm C~Ucry London UJ(~ dtty Image p iv (Ctysw Palau fire 1936poppcrfoto) IN Arod~tion Ima~ p iv (Windoor Clltlo firo Flora HgtnwnpA lJ(hive) Relt e = p4~ (Tho Lord M~yors ShowfNillt Jorgeruenl Covltr Bridge= An ubr3l)Lld(Thc Gre Fire of London (Septembe 16(6)witb Ludggttc and Old SI Paul lt1670 (oil on an) ElliUsh School (17U century) I Y1e Center for British Art Paul MltllltgtrtCoUeruon US)

IIII1mlIJJ1 Series Editors Bill Bowler and Sue Parminter

The Great Fire of London

Janet Hardy-Gould

Illustrated by Lyn Stone

Janet Hardy-Gould has worked as a teacher of English for many

years In her free time she enjoys reading history books and

modern novels visiting other European countries and drirlking tea with her friends She lives in the ancient town of Lewes in

the south of England with her husband and their two children

She has written a number of books including Henry VIII and his

Six Wives and King Arthur in the Oxford Bookworms series and

Muton 5mbod and Ibn Battuto irl the Oominoes serie~

OXFORD UNIVllRSITY IRBSS

A lot of people are ill because there are rats in all the streets and the houses

fPnIj F ttElrlMdt[lg1f

bull FF

if~ ~i[(amp ___ ~W~ ~f~~~ ~lr ~ BEFORE READING

Complete these sentences about the Great Fire of London

a The fire happens in the year fl0wlev 1------~J111~~~ L~===

1 0 1668 2 0 1936 3 0 1992

b The fire starts

1 0 at a bakers 2 0 in the street 3 0 in someones garden

c The fire stops

1 D after ten hours 2 0 after five days 3 0 after three months

2 Your house is on fire What three things do you take with you

a b

city (plural cities) a big and narrow not very big rat an animal like a big mouse it is important town often dirty and can make people III

One evening a baker Thomas Farriner and his daughter Harriet are making bread ___

maid a women 10110 wortl in rich pe~olls house

2

It is late We must work quickly says Tbomas We need this bread for Lhe King in tbe morning -

TulIna5 FTrintT~ltKlr1lt Cka~Ir

Just then Mary the bakers maid comes In You re late Mary says Thomas middotSorry Mr farriner says Mary

7 V gt3Z ti

baker person 110 rnake5 bread kin the most important man in a C(l1IIltry t ~e king here i Charles 11 ~jfg 0 Enand lS00-IS8-5

Thomas HarMet and Mary make bread for two hours 1 - t 1-middot fitmiddot

Then Mr Parriners wife Anne caUs down to them Time for bed girls she says Were just flDishing says Harriet 7 30-

Harriet and Mary go up to bed Thomas takes the bread from the oven

oven this i hOI Me il has a door YQU make thIngs to eat In II

Wake up girls Wake up cr iesThomasl calls Anne VThat are Quick Open the middot1ndow says thtnks Thomas Good The fire is nearly ou t oow

Anne The house is on flIe Thomas Lets go up on the roof you doing Its very late

wah up 10 SlOP sleepina roof t~ top Of a bUilding

cry to call or say nOIsily Jump to mOY8 fast en your leis from one thing to dilferent thilli

bull h ao

An hour later the bakers shop is on fire

this is reo anc IIOt aM it hums ollt not bumint With no fIre on lire when sometI8 is on fire It IS m hot and bumina

But Mary stays 00 the roof of the bakers shop Jump over here they aU cry Jump I can t says Mary Im afraid

next door next to Mis Muse

follow to go tt~ r ~one

5

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentencesREADING CHECK

Match the two parts of the sentences a In 1666 Charles II is th e ~ ~ -3 of England

b london is a very big for the Kinga Thomas Farriner is ~

c Thomas Farrioer and his wife early every morningb Thomas makes some bread 2 to bed to make bread for the King

c Harriet and Mary help 3 afraid d A lot of smoke is coming from that house Quick Its on __

d Thomas doesnt close 4 a baker e look theres a very big mouse over there That isnt a mouse its a e Thomas goes up 5 on fire t Im sorry I ca nt you onto the roof Im afra id

f An hOur later the shop is S across to the next door roof g The old streets in this town are very g Thomas Anne and Harriet jump 7 Thomas to make the breed h Some rich people have a working in th eir house

h Mary is 8 the oven door

WORD WORK GUESS WHAT

1 Find words from Chapter 1 to match the pictures What happens in the next chapter Tick two boxes

a 0 Mary jumps to the next door roof

b 0 Mary doesnt jump because she is afraid c __ _ f ____ _k ---shy

c 0 Thomas goes back to help Mary

d 0 Thomas Harriet and An ne go down a ladder

m __ _ w _ _ _ f __ _ n __ _ _ _

People come out of their houses They aU look up at Mary Jump now tlley cry RCAii ~

Don t go Thomas cries Anne Look now this house is on fire too

Just then someone brings a ladder Thomas Anne and Harriet quickly climb down

Ten miDUtes later Oh mother says Harriet Poor Mary shes - shes dead Dont cry my love says her mother

Look at our shop our things our hamel says Thomas We have nothing What can we do now

ladder YO can go up or down tall climb 10 go Por dtlWn usmg your buildings on lilt handS anc feet

9

There is a strong wind and the fire spreads quickly to more houses in Pudding Lane Where are the fire~fighters everybody asks 7Ft ~_ - shy - j~ hE_~1 bullgtrX 7 _-==shy

Just then twenty flIe-fighters arrive middotThey begin to put water 00 the nre

But the ftre is out of control and sooa all the houses in Pudding Lane are on fire

~ni ver1 Ca st I)rud to rnQyent to other llouses

wind rtllal moYeS line ~ na rrow ~d

o

The people in the street begin to ask Where is the Lord Mayor or London He s asleep in bed says au old man We want the Lord Mayor cry the people

y

Go and find the Lord Mayor He lives in Maiden Lane says the chiefftre-fighter to a boy He must come quickly

Wbat can we do asks Anne We can t stay bere

=

l oM May1)r the fIIOS l impo rtant

Lets go down to the rover Thames cries Thomas Follow me

c hief tile most importam Thlmu It~mV

man in london riyer waler Ihat moves in a

ulup sleeping laniline

firefi~ lIter a penon gtMIO slap fires

out of control when ~oo cannot stop somethina or make do wnat ywwsnt

11

READING CHECK

Are these sentences true or false Tick the boxes

a Mary jumps to the house next door

h Thomas wants to help Mary

() Thomas Anne and Harriet die

d The house next to the bakers shop is soon on fire

e A hundred fire-fighters come to Pudding lane

f Someone says The Lord Mayor lives in Pudding Lane

g Thomas Anne and Harriet stay near the fire

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 2 in the ladder

True False

0 Igtr 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete these sentences

a The Farriner family cli0Q down the ladder

b There is a very and this makes the fire worse

c The fire quickly to more houses

d Nobody can stop the fire because it is

e The fire-fighter wants to see the Lord Mayor

f People say The Lord Mayor is in his bed

g The Farriner family go down to the Thames

GUESS WHAT

rn the next chapter we meet Samuel Pepys Look at his picture and tick the boxes

Samuel Pepys

a D is thirty-three years old

o is seventymiddotthree years old

b 0 works in a book shop

o writes in his diary every day

c 0 goes to look at the fire

D runs away from the fire

_010 0

12

Pepys goes to the window and It isnt a big tUe he says to Jane looks out across London Tm going back to bed Good night

An bour later Jane comes back Pepys jumps out of bed He quickly Sir there are more than three puts on his clothes

00

In a different part of London Samuel Pepys is asleep in his bed

A11 A

part some but nl1t all 01 sometlling gournment Ihe peOj)le who worl diary a tlOOk whert)Ov WIIte about with the kine to decide what happeM what ~pPt llS eel) day

Pep15 fpir~ mtf1 e coontry sir you uy this when you lallt to_ r ich or Impollanl man

t t

-

dotf1es people wear these

15

[ must go to the Tower of London says Near the Tower Pepys Pepys I can see everything from there meets his good friend

r ing 10 ma~e a nOIse likt a belJ bridge people can go 8cron a river on this

church Christian people go here 10 pray

fdhJtmiddot

Whats happening asks Pepys Its very bad news says Moore Theres a big fire down near the dver Everybody says its out of controL

tower a ta ll building news when someuroone tells ~ou somethinl1 new

They climb up the hill to

the Tower It is now six oclock in the morning

ia

Big clouds of smoke are beginning to spread across London Bells are ringing from every church in the City

[gt- Xmiddot~ n - =~ - - - - 1)bull - middot A ~ I f _~ _ ~

cloud a Oil wtlite or grey Ihtflg in the sky

~ a metal thing that makn a nOlseWllen)OO movt it

16 17

I NH RNA T IONA l

S(HL lJl l I3R~RY

WORD WORK 0 0 -db - ~5fi--Use the words in the Tower of london to complete Pepyss diary

READING CHECK

Put these sentences in the correct order Number them 1-8

a 0 Pepys meets

b 0

c 0

d 0

e mPepys is

f 0

g 0

h 0 Peps leaves the hOuse Hego to the

- 18

An hour later Jane comes back Three hundred

houses ere on f ife she cries

The fire isnt very bi ~ and Pepys goes back to

Moore and Pepys go down to the

Pepys quickly puts on his

Jane wokes up Pepys She tells him about the

~

SuntidJ 2 S(J(III~er 1666

1 am lifting aNd wrftltg In (a)

0 i t)Xj I u edT tllilld

flmug my )m lViJ6W All lIu (b) bullbullbullbull ill (11 (e) 11 LIlJ1t _re (d ) II I poundlaquo11 lee

J u(hiIl6 tJu(lue My idw Tlwe laquore (e) 0 nnle IYt( flu dty I mUJf ui 1111 my (f) bullbullbullbullbullbullbull and

8 lut 6 1 wall t It tlim u the (gl I Lift laquoIfaf41 dowl( Olt the fi re( 1 wlaquo1 I wltll atr611

Lnd1t (h) bull alld ee lite jire jrIJm aum tlte riytfl Tlte K illg (UtJ the (i) bull mlul dtl J4mtllting 14

J14) tIl( fite J441t

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter TIck t he boxes

Pepys

a talks [0 the chief fi r e- fighter

b helps the l itemiddotfighters

c goes to the lord Mayors house d goes to speak to the King of England

e meets the Farriner family

middotTower clothes bridgemiddoti bells

church

Yes Ho

o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0

QCbapter _ I Pepys and Moore arrive at the dver Crowds of people are running down to the river bank The fire is now in the next street

the nre There are clouds of smoke and thousands of rats are in the s treecs They are running from the burning houses Qgt

banIlt wIlen)IOu can III next to carr) 10 13M

~

10 21

Famllies leave their houses with their hands full They are carrying their things aAray (rom the fIre

i Xl IOn II I e (1- 7 (

Everybody wants a boat on the river Over here cries a young man to the people in the boats Im flIst says an old woman

Three people climb quickly into one of the boats [t is the rarriner family from Pudding Lane

crowd 101 of people logettler lull with IlliAgs in tnem boat t~ go acron water 111 this

Its Thomas Farriner from Pudding Lane cries a man in the crmmiddotvd TeU us about the nre in your bakers shop Thomas is fr igh tened I Im not a baker he says [ have a nower shop in Cat Street

The Parrioer family leave qu ickly and go down the river in the boat

Pepys and Moore walk nearer to

frithlened 4tri(l buming on fire

~C---(

What can we do shouts Moore We must spea k to the King says Pepys Come on Lets rUld a boat We can go up the river to Whitehall Palace Perhaps we can speak to the King there

The wind is stronger aud many streets are now on fire The houses on London Bridge are buramg fast and people afe jumping into the r iver

A 1 ( (

plliace II big house where iI IIinlllives

Can you stop the flre Pepys asks the chief fi re-fighter Us no good be answers Theres nothing we can do But you must blow up tbe bu ildings in fron t of the fire says Pepys Then it can t spread to diITerent par ts of the city

-o----~drnas

blow up 10 I)rta~ into small piKes noi$l~

22 23

c gt lt2

But we need to asLk-T-hBludworth the Lord Mayor says the chief fire-fighter Where is be asks Pepys Nobody knows be answers

7bullshy

outslc1e In front of

READING CHECK

Choose the correct pictures

a Alat of families go to the

I Pifrri

h Some people feel when they see Thomas Farriner

c Thomas Farriner says I have a shop _ bull (a nr 1r--ooCAmiddot17 --

d In the streets there are a lot of

oJO-=lt77 I O--r~-~middot ~ - I

e Pepys and Moore talk to

-

to the Kings palace

WORD WORK

1 Find nine more words from Chapter 4 in the wordsquare

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentences

a The fire-fighters must stop the fire they must 9 914 P the houses

b We can go for a long walk on the of the river

c Shallt those bags for you Yes please Im very tired

d Theres a lot of smoke in the house Something is

e The children are very of thOse big dogs

f The King lives ill a very big

g Wheres Richard look hes thai shop over there

h A of people are waiting for Ihe film slar at Ihe airport

You can travel to our country by or by plane

Can yOu open the door for me No sorry my hands are

GUESS WHAT

What happens at the Kings palace Tick two boxes

The King

a 0 doesnt talk to Pepys d 0 gives Pepys some money

b 0 lauShs at Pepys e 0 gives Pepys a letter for the Lord Mayor

c 0 listens carefully to Pepys f 0 goes to the fire with Pepys

5 24

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 2: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

shy x ~

n

- -

-

- =gt

~

=gt

- -

ifgt

shylL

C

+

- 0

ruD

OJ

C

L

0 L

9-J O

J c Ishy

~

T

I

lty

I

C)

I C

~

-0-(

OXFORD VNJVRSTY PRESS

Gre CLarendon Street (hSordoXl 6 Oxford Univ rmy Press js a dltpMUn~n oftlle Univity of Oxford It funh= We Uni~tymiddot objective ofexcellence in r=rm scholarship ond cdulttion by publiJhing wotldgtidc in

Oxford New York Aucllind DpoTown Du~ Salum Hong Kong llt=lChl KIlumpur Madrid M~lbou MtliroCity Nairobi New Delhi Shtngmd Tgtipei Toronto

Withoffiltltin ArjenriJu Austrult BraU Chile C7elth Republi Frmce Gr=e Gl3temal Hunggtry 11~y Jap1n Po1nd Porro~l SlVIporltgt South Korea Swiner)nd TlWW1d Thrkey Ulltr41nt Vietnun

OuO~D gtndoxoo HGLIltH au rOJisterod trade marks of Oxford Univ~rsity lr= in the UX rnd in c~IUin other rountri

This edition fl Otiord Univerltlty Pus Z010

The mo3 rilhrlt of the ~Ulhr luvo ~o rted D~tab nght Oxford Uniwrsity Pres (=brj

First publihed in DominOltgt 3

~ 2013 01gt 0 0

l09S765~321

In 97S 19 4H70S BOOK JltBN 978 0 9 4~4669 9 BOOK NO MunROM Pcx MucnROM NOT AVAlIJl1lG SUARAULY

No unauthorized photocopying

IIl rijhts od No pxrt of this publication Y ~ reproduced laquoored in a rlttrivgt S)$lcm or trallSminelt in any form or by any moaru

without the prio pernlis$ion in writlIlg ofOxford UnIversity Pre or as aprnsly pcrmineltl by law or under tenru ~eed with lthe awropriat reprogaphics righl$ orpniDtion EnqWri~ corgtlaquoming production outside the scope of the ~bove should be bull to the ELT RighlS Dltgtp=ent Oxford Uni=nlty Pres 3t lthe address 2lQW

You must not cirrulale this book in any other binding or CO~t md you mw mp~ this =~ condition on any aCltl~r

Any web rltf~rr in this publication arc in he public do=in ~nd their ~dd=ltes a pJQVided by Qxfod University Press for information onl) Oxford UniwlSity rre disclaims ~ny =PltgtIIsdbility for the ~on~n

Printed in China

ACXNOWDCUUNTS

Illitsmltio by Lyn Stone

11gtlt pubfu1gtltT woutd Iikt to tiGnl thltollowUgOf pltn1lisrion W prod pwrograpm AKG-lmagcs p40 (Vesuviugt erupting oil on can) Bridgltgtrnan An ubrary Ltd pp iv (The Great Fire oftondon 1799 ~ed by J-C Stgtdl~ LoucherbouIj Philipp M (1740-1S121Iafrerl I Guildhall ubrary City of London) 31 (Vw ofth~ Monumen lt1770 Jamelt Wlli~m (1731)-80) I PriVolte Collelttion 1gt Cvin Crahtm C~Ucry London UJ(~ dtty Image p iv (Ctysw Palau fire 1936poppcrfoto) IN Arod~tion Ima~ p iv (Windoor Clltlo firo Flora HgtnwnpA lJ(hive) Relt e = p4~ (Tho Lord M~yors ShowfNillt Jorgeruenl Covltr Bridge= An ubr3l)Lld(Thc Gre Fire of London (Septembe 16(6)witb Ludggttc and Old SI Paul lt1670 (oil on an) ElliUsh School (17U century) I Y1e Center for British Art Paul MltllltgtrtCoUeruon US)

IIII1mlIJJ1 Series Editors Bill Bowler and Sue Parminter

The Great Fire of London

Janet Hardy-Gould

Illustrated by Lyn Stone

Janet Hardy-Gould has worked as a teacher of English for many

years In her free time she enjoys reading history books and

modern novels visiting other European countries and drirlking tea with her friends She lives in the ancient town of Lewes in

the south of England with her husband and their two children

She has written a number of books including Henry VIII and his

Six Wives and King Arthur in the Oxford Bookworms series and

Muton 5mbod and Ibn Battuto irl the Oominoes serie~

OXFORD UNIVllRSITY IRBSS

A lot of people are ill because there are rats in all the streets and the houses

fPnIj F ttElrlMdt[lg1f

bull FF

if~ ~i[(amp ___ ~W~ ~f~~~ ~lr ~ BEFORE READING

Complete these sentences about the Great Fire of London

a The fire happens in the year fl0wlev 1------~J111~~~ L~===

1 0 1668 2 0 1936 3 0 1992

b The fire starts

1 0 at a bakers 2 0 in the street 3 0 in someones garden

c The fire stops

1 D after ten hours 2 0 after five days 3 0 after three months

2 Your house is on fire What three things do you take with you

a b

city (plural cities) a big and narrow not very big rat an animal like a big mouse it is important town often dirty and can make people III

One evening a baker Thomas Farriner and his daughter Harriet are making bread ___

maid a women 10110 wortl in rich pe~olls house

2

It is late We must work quickly says Tbomas We need this bread for Lhe King in tbe morning -

TulIna5 FTrintT~ltKlr1lt Cka~Ir

Just then Mary the bakers maid comes In You re late Mary says Thomas middotSorry Mr farriner says Mary

7 V gt3Z ti

baker person 110 rnake5 bread kin the most important man in a C(l1IIltry t ~e king here i Charles 11 ~jfg 0 Enand lS00-IS8-5

Thomas HarMet and Mary make bread for two hours 1 - t 1-middot fitmiddot

Then Mr Parriners wife Anne caUs down to them Time for bed girls she says Were just flDishing says Harriet 7 30-

Harriet and Mary go up to bed Thomas takes the bread from the oven

oven this i hOI Me il has a door YQU make thIngs to eat In II

Wake up girls Wake up cr iesThomasl calls Anne VThat are Quick Open the middot1ndow says thtnks Thomas Good The fire is nearly ou t oow

Anne The house is on flIe Thomas Lets go up on the roof you doing Its very late

wah up 10 SlOP sleepina roof t~ top Of a bUilding

cry to call or say nOIsily Jump to mOY8 fast en your leis from one thing to dilferent thilli

bull h ao

An hour later the bakers shop is on fire

this is reo anc IIOt aM it hums ollt not bumint With no fIre on lire when sometI8 is on fire It IS m hot and bumina

But Mary stays 00 the roof of the bakers shop Jump over here they aU cry Jump I can t says Mary Im afraid

next door next to Mis Muse

follow to go tt~ r ~one

5

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentencesREADING CHECK

Match the two parts of the sentences a In 1666 Charles II is th e ~ ~ -3 of England

b london is a very big for the Kinga Thomas Farriner is ~

c Thomas Farrioer and his wife early every morningb Thomas makes some bread 2 to bed to make bread for the King

c Harriet and Mary help 3 afraid d A lot of smoke is coming from that house Quick Its on __

d Thomas doesnt close 4 a baker e look theres a very big mouse over there That isnt a mouse its a e Thomas goes up 5 on fire t Im sorry I ca nt you onto the roof Im afra id

f An hOur later the shop is S across to the next door roof g The old streets in this town are very g Thomas Anne and Harriet jump 7 Thomas to make the breed h Some rich people have a working in th eir house

h Mary is 8 the oven door

WORD WORK GUESS WHAT

1 Find words from Chapter 1 to match the pictures What happens in the next chapter Tick two boxes

a 0 Mary jumps to the next door roof

b 0 Mary doesnt jump because she is afraid c __ _ f ____ _k ---shy

c 0 Thomas goes back to help Mary

d 0 Thomas Harriet and An ne go down a ladder

m __ _ w _ _ _ f __ _ n __ _ _ _

People come out of their houses They aU look up at Mary Jump now tlley cry RCAii ~

Don t go Thomas cries Anne Look now this house is on fire too

Just then someone brings a ladder Thomas Anne and Harriet quickly climb down

Ten miDUtes later Oh mother says Harriet Poor Mary shes - shes dead Dont cry my love says her mother

Look at our shop our things our hamel says Thomas We have nothing What can we do now

ladder YO can go up or down tall climb 10 go Por dtlWn usmg your buildings on lilt handS anc feet

9

There is a strong wind and the fire spreads quickly to more houses in Pudding Lane Where are the fire~fighters everybody asks 7Ft ~_ - shy - j~ hE_~1 bullgtrX 7 _-==shy

Just then twenty flIe-fighters arrive middotThey begin to put water 00 the nre

But the ftre is out of control and sooa all the houses in Pudding Lane are on fire

~ni ver1 Ca st I)rud to rnQyent to other llouses

wind rtllal moYeS line ~ na rrow ~d

o

The people in the street begin to ask Where is the Lord Mayor or London He s asleep in bed says au old man We want the Lord Mayor cry the people

y

Go and find the Lord Mayor He lives in Maiden Lane says the chiefftre-fighter to a boy He must come quickly

Wbat can we do asks Anne We can t stay bere

=

l oM May1)r the fIIOS l impo rtant

Lets go down to the rover Thames cries Thomas Follow me

c hief tile most importam Thlmu It~mV

man in london riyer waler Ihat moves in a

ulup sleeping laniline

firefi~ lIter a penon gtMIO slap fires

out of control when ~oo cannot stop somethina or make do wnat ywwsnt

11

READING CHECK

Are these sentences true or false Tick the boxes

a Mary jumps to the house next door

h Thomas wants to help Mary

() Thomas Anne and Harriet die

d The house next to the bakers shop is soon on fire

e A hundred fire-fighters come to Pudding lane

f Someone says The Lord Mayor lives in Pudding Lane

g Thomas Anne and Harriet stay near the fire

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 2 in the ladder

True False

0 Igtr 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete these sentences

a The Farriner family cli0Q down the ladder

b There is a very and this makes the fire worse

c The fire quickly to more houses

d Nobody can stop the fire because it is

e The fire-fighter wants to see the Lord Mayor

f People say The Lord Mayor is in his bed

g The Farriner family go down to the Thames

GUESS WHAT

rn the next chapter we meet Samuel Pepys Look at his picture and tick the boxes

Samuel Pepys

a D is thirty-three years old

o is seventymiddotthree years old

b 0 works in a book shop

o writes in his diary every day

c 0 goes to look at the fire

D runs away from the fire

_010 0

12

Pepys goes to the window and It isnt a big tUe he says to Jane looks out across London Tm going back to bed Good night

An bour later Jane comes back Pepys jumps out of bed He quickly Sir there are more than three puts on his clothes

00

In a different part of London Samuel Pepys is asleep in his bed

A11 A

part some but nl1t all 01 sometlling gournment Ihe peOj)le who worl diary a tlOOk whert)Ov WIIte about with the kine to decide what happeM what ~pPt llS eel) day

Pep15 fpir~ mtf1 e coontry sir you uy this when you lallt to_ r ich or Impollanl man

t t

-

dotf1es people wear these

15

[ must go to the Tower of London says Near the Tower Pepys Pepys I can see everything from there meets his good friend

r ing 10 ma~e a nOIse likt a belJ bridge people can go 8cron a river on this

church Christian people go here 10 pray

fdhJtmiddot

Whats happening asks Pepys Its very bad news says Moore Theres a big fire down near the dver Everybody says its out of controL

tower a ta ll building news when someuroone tells ~ou somethinl1 new

They climb up the hill to

the Tower It is now six oclock in the morning

ia

Big clouds of smoke are beginning to spread across London Bells are ringing from every church in the City

[gt- Xmiddot~ n - =~ - - - - 1)bull - middot A ~ I f _~ _ ~

cloud a Oil wtlite or grey Ihtflg in the sky

~ a metal thing that makn a nOlseWllen)OO movt it

16 17

I NH RNA T IONA l

S(HL lJl l I3R~RY

WORD WORK 0 0 -db - ~5fi--Use the words in the Tower of london to complete Pepyss diary

READING CHECK

Put these sentences in the correct order Number them 1-8

a 0 Pepys meets

b 0

c 0

d 0

e mPepys is

f 0

g 0

h 0 Peps leaves the hOuse Hego to the

- 18

An hour later Jane comes back Three hundred

houses ere on f ife she cries

The fire isnt very bi ~ and Pepys goes back to

Moore and Pepys go down to the

Pepys quickly puts on his

Jane wokes up Pepys She tells him about the

~

SuntidJ 2 S(J(III~er 1666

1 am lifting aNd wrftltg In (a)

0 i t)Xj I u edT tllilld

flmug my )m lViJ6W All lIu (b) bullbullbullbull ill (11 (e) 11 LIlJ1t _re (d ) II I poundlaquo11 lee

J u(hiIl6 tJu(lue My idw Tlwe laquore (e) 0 nnle IYt( flu dty I mUJf ui 1111 my (f) bullbullbullbullbullbullbull and

8 lut 6 1 wall t It tlim u the (gl I Lift laquoIfaf41 dowl( Olt the fi re( 1 wlaquo1 I wltll atr611

Lnd1t (h) bull alld ee lite jire jrIJm aum tlte riytfl Tlte K illg (UtJ the (i) bull mlul dtl J4mtllting 14

J14) tIl( fite J441t

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter TIck t he boxes

Pepys

a talks [0 the chief fi r e- fighter

b helps the l itemiddotfighters

c goes to the lord Mayors house d goes to speak to the King of England

e meets the Farriner family

middotTower clothes bridgemiddoti bells

church

Yes Ho

o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0

QCbapter _ I Pepys and Moore arrive at the dver Crowds of people are running down to the river bank The fire is now in the next street

the nre There are clouds of smoke and thousands of rats are in the s treecs They are running from the burning houses Qgt

banIlt wIlen)IOu can III next to carr) 10 13M

~

10 21

Famllies leave their houses with their hands full They are carrying their things aAray (rom the fIre

i Xl IOn II I e (1- 7 (

Everybody wants a boat on the river Over here cries a young man to the people in the boats Im flIst says an old woman

Three people climb quickly into one of the boats [t is the rarriner family from Pudding Lane

crowd 101 of people logettler lull with IlliAgs in tnem boat t~ go acron water 111 this

Its Thomas Farriner from Pudding Lane cries a man in the crmmiddotvd TeU us about the nre in your bakers shop Thomas is fr igh tened I Im not a baker he says [ have a nower shop in Cat Street

The Parrioer family leave qu ickly and go down the river in the boat

Pepys and Moore walk nearer to

frithlened 4tri(l buming on fire

~C---(

What can we do shouts Moore We must spea k to the King says Pepys Come on Lets rUld a boat We can go up the river to Whitehall Palace Perhaps we can speak to the King there

The wind is stronger aud many streets are now on fire The houses on London Bridge are buramg fast and people afe jumping into the r iver

A 1 ( (

plliace II big house where iI IIinlllives

Can you stop the flre Pepys asks the chief fi re-fighter Us no good be answers Theres nothing we can do But you must blow up tbe bu ildings in fron t of the fire says Pepys Then it can t spread to diITerent par ts of the city

-o----~drnas

blow up 10 I)rta~ into small piKes noi$l~

22 23

c gt lt2

But we need to asLk-T-hBludworth the Lord Mayor says the chief fire-fighter Where is be asks Pepys Nobody knows be answers

7bullshy

outslc1e In front of

READING CHECK

Choose the correct pictures

a Alat of families go to the

I Pifrri

h Some people feel when they see Thomas Farriner

c Thomas Farriner says I have a shop _ bull (a nr 1r--ooCAmiddot17 --

d In the streets there are a lot of

oJO-=lt77 I O--r~-~middot ~ - I

e Pepys and Moore talk to

-

to the Kings palace

WORD WORK

1 Find nine more words from Chapter 4 in the wordsquare

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentences

a The fire-fighters must stop the fire they must 9 914 P the houses

b We can go for a long walk on the of the river

c Shallt those bags for you Yes please Im very tired

d Theres a lot of smoke in the house Something is

e The children are very of thOse big dogs

f The King lives ill a very big

g Wheres Richard look hes thai shop over there

h A of people are waiting for Ihe film slar at Ihe airport

You can travel to our country by or by plane

Can yOu open the door for me No sorry my hands are

GUESS WHAT

What happens at the Kings palace Tick two boxes

The King

a 0 doesnt talk to Pepys d 0 gives Pepys some money

b 0 lauShs at Pepys e 0 gives Pepys a letter for the Lord Mayor

c 0 listens carefully to Pepys f 0 goes to the fire with Pepys

5 24

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 3: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

OXFORD VNJVRSTY PRESS

Gre CLarendon Street (hSordoXl 6 Oxford Univ rmy Press js a dltpMUn~n oftlle Univity of Oxford It funh= We Uni~tymiddot objective ofexcellence in r=rm scholarship ond cdulttion by publiJhing wotldgtidc in

Oxford New York Aucllind DpoTown Du~ Salum Hong Kong llt=lChl KIlumpur Madrid M~lbou MtliroCity Nairobi New Delhi Shtngmd Tgtipei Toronto

Withoffiltltin ArjenriJu Austrult BraU Chile C7elth Republi Frmce Gr=e Gl3temal Hunggtry 11~y Jap1n Po1nd Porro~l SlVIporltgt South Korea Swiner)nd TlWW1d Thrkey Ulltr41nt Vietnun

OuO~D gtndoxoo HGLIltH au rOJisterod trade marks of Oxford Univ~rsity lr= in the UX rnd in c~IUin other rountri

This edition fl Otiord Univerltlty Pus Z010

The mo3 rilhrlt of the ~Ulhr luvo ~o rted D~tab nght Oxford Uniwrsity Pres (=brj

First publihed in DominOltgt 3

~ 2013 01gt 0 0

l09S765~321

In 97S 19 4H70S BOOK JltBN 978 0 9 4~4669 9 BOOK NO MunROM Pcx MucnROM NOT AVAlIJl1lG SUARAULY

No unauthorized photocopying

IIl rijhts od No pxrt of this publication Y ~ reproduced laquoored in a rlttrivgt S)$lcm or trallSminelt in any form or by any moaru

without the prio pernlis$ion in writlIlg ofOxford UnIversity Pre or as aprnsly pcrmineltl by law or under tenru ~eed with lthe awropriat reprogaphics righl$ orpniDtion EnqWri~ corgtlaquoming production outside the scope of the ~bove should be bull to the ELT RighlS Dltgtp=ent Oxford Uni=nlty Pres 3t lthe address 2lQW

You must not cirrulale this book in any other binding or CO~t md you mw mp~ this =~ condition on any aCltl~r

Any web rltf~rr in this publication arc in he public do=in ~nd their ~dd=ltes a pJQVided by Qxfod University Press for information onl) Oxford UniwlSity rre disclaims ~ny =PltgtIIsdbility for the ~on~n

Printed in China

ACXNOWDCUUNTS

Illitsmltio by Lyn Stone

11gtlt pubfu1gtltT woutd Iikt to tiGnl thltollowUgOf pltn1lisrion W prod pwrograpm AKG-lmagcs p40 (Vesuviugt erupting oil on can) Bridgltgtrnan An ubrary Ltd pp iv (The Great Fire oftondon 1799 ~ed by J-C Stgtdl~ LoucherbouIj Philipp M (1740-1S121Iafrerl I Guildhall ubrary City of London) 31 (Vw ofth~ Monumen lt1770 Jamelt Wlli~m (1731)-80) I PriVolte Collelttion 1gt Cvin Crahtm C~Ucry London UJ(~ dtty Image p iv (Ctysw Palau fire 1936poppcrfoto) IN Arod~tion Ima~ p iv (Windoor Clltlo firo Flora HgtnwnpA lJ(hive) Relt e = p4~ (Tho Lord M~yors ShowfNillt Jorgeruenl Covltr Bridge= An ubr3l)Lld(Thc Gre Fire of London (Septembe 16(6)witb Ludggttc and Old SI Paul lt1670 (oil on an) ElliUsh School (17U century) I Y1e Center for British Art Paul MltllltgtrtCoUeruon US)

IIII1mlIJJ1 Series Editors Bill Bowler and Sue Parminter

The Great Fire of London

Janet Hardy-Gould

Illustrated by Lyn Stone

Janet Hardy-Gould has worked as a teacher of English for many

years In her free time she enjoys reading history books and

modern novels visiting other European countries and drirlking tea with her friends She lives in the ancient town of Lewes in

the south of England with her husband and their two children

She has written a number of books including Henry VIII and his

Six Wives and King Arthur in the Oxford Bookworms series and

Muton 5mbod and Ibn Battuto irl the Oominoes serie~

OXFORD UNIVllRSITY IRBSS

A lot of people are ill because there are rats in all the streets and the houses

fPnIj F ttElrlMdt[lg1f

bull FF

if~ ~i[(amp ___ ~W~ ~f~~~ ~lr ~ BEFORE READING

Complete these sentences about the Great Fire of London

a The fire happens in the year fl0wlev 1------~J111~~~ L~===

1 0 1668 2 0 1936 3 0 1992

b The fire starts

1 0 at a bakers 2 0 in the street 3 0 in someones garden

c The fire stops

1 D after ten hours 2 0 after five days 3 0 after three months

2 Your house is on fire What three things do you take with you

a b

city (plural cities) a big and narrow not very big rat an animal like a big mouse it is important town often dirty and can make people III

One evening a baker Thomas Farriner and his daughter Harriet are making bread ___

maid a women 10110 wortl in rich pe~olls house

2

It is late We must work quickly says Tbomas We need this bread for Lhe King in tbe morning -

TulIna5 FTrintT~ltKlr1lt Cka~Ir

Just then Mary the bakers maid comes In You re late Mary says Thomas middotSorry Mr farriner says Mary

7 V gt3Z ti

baker person 110 rnake5 bread kin the most important man in a C(l1IIltry t ~e king here i Charles 11 ~jfg 0 Enand lS00-IS8-5

Thomas HarMet and Mary make bread for two hours 1 - t 1-middot fitmiddot

Then Mr Parriners wife Anne caUs down to them Time for bed girls she says Were just flDishing says Harriet 7 30-

Harriet and Mary go up to bed Thomas takes the bread from the oven

oven this i hOI Me il has a door YQU make thIngs to eat In II

Wake up girls Wake up cr iesThomasl calls Anne VThat are Quick Open the middot1ndow says thtnks Thomas Good The fire is nearly ou t oow

Anne The house is on flIe Thomas Lets go up on the roof you doing Its very late

wah up 10 SlOP sleepina roof t~ top Of a bUilding

cry to call or say nOIsily Jump to mOY8 fast en your leis from one thing to dilferent thilli

bull h ao

An hour later the bakers shop is on fire

this is reo anc IIOt aM it hums ollt not bumint With no fIre on lire when sometI8 is on fire It IS m hot and bumina

But Mary stays 00 the roof of the bakers shop Jump over here they aU cry Jump I can t says Mary Im afraid

next door next to Mis Muse

follow to go tt~ r ~one

5

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentencesREADING CHECK

Match the two parts of the sentences a In 1666 Charles II is th e ~ ~ -3 of England

b london is a very big for the Kinga Thomas Farriner is ~

c Thomas Farrioer and his wife early every morningb Thomas makes some bread 2 to bed to make bread for the King

c Harriet and Mary help 3 afraid d A lot of smoke is coming from that house Quick Its on __

d Thomas doesnt close 4 a baker e look theres a very big mouse over there That isnt a mouse its a e Thomas goes up 5 on fire t Im sorry I ca nt you onto the roof Im afra id

f An hOur later the shop is S across to the next door roof g The old streets in this town are very g Thomas Anne and Harriet jump 7 Thomas to make the breed h Some rich people have a working in th eir house

h Mary is 8 the oven door

WORD WORK GUESS WHAT

1 Find words from Chapter 1 to match the pictures What happens in the next chapter Tick two boxes

a 0 Mary jumps to the next door roof

b 0 Mary doesnt jump because she is afraid c __ _ f ____ _k ---shy

c 0 Thomas goes back to help Mary

d 0 Thomas Harriet and An ne go down a ladder

m __ _ w _ _ _ f __ _ n __ _ _ _

People come out of their houses They aU look up at Mary Jump now tlley cry RCAii ~

Don t go Thomas cries Anne Look now this house is on fire too

Just then someone brings a ladder Thomas Anne and Harriet quickly climb down

Ten miDUtes later Oh mother says Harriet Poor Mary shes - shes dead Dont cry my love says her mother

Look at our shop our things our hamel says Thomas We have nothing What can we do now

ladder YO can go up or down tall climb 10 go Por dtlWn usmg your buildings on lilt handS anc feet

9

There is a strong wind and the fire spreads quickly to more houses in Pudding Lane Where are the fire~fighters everybody asks 7Ft ~_ - shy - j~ hE_~1 bullgtrX 7 _-==shy

Just then twenty flIe-fighters arrive middotThey begin to put water 00 the nre

But the ftre is out of control and sooa all the houses in Pudding Lane are on fire

~ni ver1 Ca st I)rud to rnQyent to other llouses

wind rtllal moYeS line ~ na rrow ~d

o

The people in the street begin to ask Where is the Lord Mayor or London He s asleep in bed says au old man We want the Lord Mayor cry the people

y

Go and find the Lord Mayor He lives in Maiden Lane says the chiefftre-fighter to a boy He must come quickly

Wbat can we do asks Anne We can t stay bere

=

l oM May1)r the fIIOS l impo rtant

Lets go down to the rover Thames cries Thomas Follow me

c hief tile most importam Thlmu It~mV

man in london riyer waler Ihat moves in a

ulup sleeping laniline

firefi~ lIter a penon gtMIO slap fires

out of control when ~oo cannot stop somethina or make do wnat ywwsnt

11

READING CHECK

Are these sentences true or false Tick the boxes

a Mary jumps to the house next door

h Thomas wants to help Mary

() Thomas Anne and Harriet die

d The house next to the bakers shop is soon on fire

e A hundred fire-fighters come to Pudding lane

f Someone says The Lord Mayor lives in Pudding Lane

g Thomas Anne and Harriet stay near the fire

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 2 in the ladder

True False

0 Igtr 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete these sentences

a The Farriner family cli0Q down the ladder

b There is a very and this makes the fire worse

c The fire quickly to more houses

d Nobody can stop the fire because it is

e The fire-fighter wants to see the Lord Mayor

f People say The Lord Mayor is in his bed

g The Farriner family go down to the Thames

GUESS WHAT

rn the next chapter we meet Samuel Pepys Look at his picture and tick the boxes

Samuel Pepys

a D is thirty-three years old

o is seventymiddotthree years old

b 0 works in a book shop

o writes in his diary every day

c 0 goes to look at the fire

D runs away from the fire

_010 0

12

Pepys goes to the window and It isnt a big tUe he says to Jane looks out across London Tm going back to bed Good night

An bour later Jane comes back Pepys jumps out of bed He quickly Sir there are more than three puts on his clothes

00

In a different part of London Samuel Pepys is asleep in his bed

A11 A

part some but nl1t all 01 sometlling gournment Ihe peOj)le who worl diary a tlOOk whert)Ov WIIte about with the kine to decide what happeM what ~pPt llS eel) day

Pep15 fpir~ mtf1 e coontry sir you uy this when you lallt to_ r ich or Impollanl man

t t

-

dotf1es people wear these

15

[ must go to the Tower of London says Near the Tower Pepys Pepys I can see everything from there meets his good friend

r ing 10 ma~e a nOIse likt a belJ bridge people can go 8cron a river on this

church Christian people go here 10 pray

fdhJtmiddot

Whats happening asks Pepys Its very bad news says Moore Theres a big fire down near the dver Everybody says its out of controL

tower a ta ll building news when someuroone tells ~ou somethinl1 new

They climb up the hill to

the Tower It is now six oclock in the morning

ia

Big clouds of smoke are beginning to spread across London Bells are ringing from every church in the City

[gt- Xmiddot~ n - =~ - - - - 1)bull - middot A ~ I f _~ _ ~

cloud a Oil wtlite or grey Ihtflg in the sky

~ a metal thing that makn a nOlseWllen)OO movt it

16 17

I NH RNA T IONA l

S(HL lJl l I3R~RY

WORD WORK 0 0 -db - ~5fi--Use the words in the Tower of london to complete Pepyss diary

READING CHECK

Put these sentences in the correct order Number them 1-8

a 0 Pepys meets

b 0

c 0

d 0

e mPepys is

f 0

g 0

h 0 Peps leaves the hOuse Hego to the

- 18

An hour later Jane comes back Three hundred

houses ere on f ife she cries

The fire isnt very bi ~ and Pepys goes back to

Moore and Pepys go down to the

Pepys quickly puts on his

Jane wokes up Pepys She tells him about the

~

SuntidJ 2 S(J(III~er 1666

1 am lifting aNd wrftltg In (a)

0 i t)Xj I u edT tllilld

flmug my )m lViJ6W All lIu (b) bullbullbullbull ill (11 (e) 11 LIlJ1t _re (d ) II I poundlaquo11 lee

J u(hiIl6 tJu(lue My idw Tlwe laquore (e) 0 nnle IYt( flu dty I mUJf ui 1111 my (f) bullbullbullbullbullbullbull and

8 lut 6 1 wall t It tlim u the (gl I Lift laquoIfaf41 dowl( Olt the fi re( 1 wlaquo1 I wltll atr611

Lnd1t (h) bull alld ee lite jire jrIJm aum tlte riytfl Tlte K illg (UtJ the (i) bull mlul dtl J4mtllting 14

J14) tIl( fite J441t

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter TIck t he boxes

Pepys

a talks [0 the chief fi r e- fighter

b helps the l itemiddotfighters

c goes to the lord Mayors house d goes to speak to the King of England

e meets the Farriner family

middotTower clothes bridgemiddoti bells

church

Yes Ho

o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0

QCbapter _ I Pepys and Moore arrive at the dver Crowds of people are running down to the river bank The fire is now in the next street

the nre There are clouds of smoke and thousands of rats are in the s treecs They are running from the burning houses Qgt

banIlt wIlen)IOu can III next to carr) 10 13M

~

10 21

Famllies leave their houses with their hands full They are carrying their things aAray (rom the fIre

i Xl IOn II I e (1- 7 (

Everybody wants a boat on the river Over here cries a young man to the people in the boats Im flIst says an old woman

Three people climb quickly into one of the boats [t is the rarriner family from Pudding Lane

crowd 101 of people logettler lull with IlliAgs in tnem boat t~ go acron water 111 this

Its Thomas Farriner from Pudding Lane cries a man in the crmmiddotvd TeU us about the nre in your bakers shop Thomas is fr igh tened I Im not a baker he says [ have a nower shop in Cat Street

The Parrioer family leave qu ickly and go down the river in the boat

Pepys and Moore walk nearer to

frithlened 4tri(l buming on fire

~C---(

What can we do shouts Moore We must spea k to the King says Pepys Come on Lets rUld a boat We can go up the river to Whitehall Palace Perhaps we can speak to the King there

The wind is stronger aud many streets are now on fire The houses on London Bridge are buramg fast and people afe jumping into the r iver

A 1 ( (

plliace II big house where iI IIinlllives

Can you stop the flre Pepys asks the chief fi re-fighter Us no good be answers Theres nothing we can do But you must blow up tbe bu ildings in fron t of the fire says Pepys Then it can t spread to diITerent par ts of the city

-o----~drnas

blow up 10 I)rta~ into small piKes noi$l~

22 23

c gt lt2

But we need to asLk-T-hBludworth the Lord Mayor says the chief fire-fighter Where is be asks Pepys Nobody knows be answers

7bullshy

outslc1e In front of

READING CHECK

Choose the correct pictures

a Alat of families go to the

I Pifrri

h Some people feel when they see Thomas Farriner

c Thomas Farriner says I have a shop _ bull (a nr 1r--ooCAmiddot17 --

d In the streets there are a lot of

oJO-=lt77 I O--r~-~middot ~ - I

e Pepys and Moore talk to

-

to the Kings palace

WORD WORK

1 Find nine more words from Chapter 4 in the wordsquare

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentences

a The fire-fighters must stop the fire they must 9 914 P the houses

b We can go for a long walk on the of the river

c Shallt those bags for you Yes please Im very tired

d Theres a lot of smoke in the house Something is

e The children are very of thOse big dogs

f The King lives ill a very big

g Wheres Richard look hes thai shop over there

h A of people are waiting for Ihe film slar at Ihe airport

You can travel to our country by or by plane

Can yOu open the door for me No sorry my hands are

GUESS WHAT

What happens at the Kings palace Tick two boxes

The King

a 0 doesnt talk to Pepys d 0 gives Pepys some money

b 0 lauShs at Pepys e 0 gives Pepys a letter for the Lord Mayor

c 0 listens carefully to Pepys f 0 goes to the fire with Pepys

5 24

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 4: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

A lot of people are ill because there are rats in all the streets and the houses

fPnIj F ttElrlMdt[lg1f

bull FF

if~ ~i[(amp ___ ~W~ ~f~~~ ~lr ~ BEFORE READING

Complete these sentences about the Great Fire of London

a The fire happens in the year fl0wlev 1------~J111~~~ L~===

1 0 1668 2 0 1936 3 0 1992

b The fire starts

1 0 at a bakers 2 0 in the street 3 0 in someones garden

c The fire stops

1 D after ten hours 2 0 after five days 3 0 after three months

2 Your house is on fire What three things do you take with you

a b

city (plural cities) a big and narrow not very big rat an animal like a big mouse it is important town often dirty and can make people III

One evening a baker Thomas Farriner and his daughter Harriet are making bread ___

maid a women 10110 wortl in rich pe~olls house

2

It is late We must work quickly says Tbomas We need this bread for Lhe King in tbe morning -

TulIna5 FTrintT~ltKlr1lt Cka~Ir

Just then Mary the bakers maid comes In You re late Mary says Thomas middotSorry Mr farriner says Mary

7 V gt3Z ti

baker person 110 rnake5 bread kin the most important man in a C(l1IIltry t ~e king here i Charles 11 ~jfg 0 Enand lS00-IS8-5

Thomas HarMet and Mary make bread for two hours 1 - t 1-middot fitmiddot

Then Mr Parriners wife Anne caUs down to them Time for bed girls she says Were just flDishing says Harriet 7 30-

Harriet and Mary go up to bed Thomas takes the bread from the oven

oven this i hOI Me il has a door YQU make thIngs to eat In II

Wake up girls Wake up cr iesThomasl calls Anne VThat are Quick Open the middot1ndow says thtnks Thomas Good The fire is nearly ou t oow

Anne The house is on flIe Thomas Lets go up on the roof you doing Its very late

wah up 10 SlOP sleepina roof t~ top Of a bUilding

cry to call or say nOIsily Jump to mOY8 fast en your leis from one thing to dilferent thilli

bull h ao

An hour later the bakers shop is on fire

this is reo anc IIOt aM it hums ollt not bumint With no fIre on lire when sometI8 is on fire It IS m hot and bumina

But Mary stays 00 the roof of the bakers shop Jump over here they aU cry Jump I can t says Mary Im afraid

next door next to Mis Muse

follow to go tt~ r ~one

5

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentencesREADING CHECK

Match the two parts of the sentences a In 1666 Charles II is th e ~ ~ -3 of England

b london is a very big for the Kinga Thomas Farriner is ~

c Thomas Farrioer and his wife early every morningb Thomas makes some bread 2 to bed to make bread for the King

c Harriet and Mary help 3 afraid d A lot of smoke is coming from that house Quick Its on __

d Thomas doesnt close 4 a baker e look theres a very big mouse over there That isnt a mouse its a e Thomas goes up 5 on fire t Im sorry I ca nt you onto the roof Im afra id

f An hOur later the shop is S across to the next door roof g The old streets in this town are very g Thomas Anne and Harriet jump 7 Thomas to make the breed h Some rich people have a working in th eir house

h Mary is 8 the oven door

WORD WORK GUESS WHAT

1 Find words from Chapter 1 to match the pictures What happens in the next chapter Tick two boxes

a 0 Mary jumps to the next door roof

b 0 Mary doesnt jump because she is afraid c __ _ f ____ _k ---shy

c 0 Thomas goes back to help Mary

d 0 Thomas Harriet and An ne go down a ladder

m __ _ w _ _ _ f __ _ n __ _ _ _

People come out of their houses They aU look up at Mary Jump now tlley cry RCAii ~

Don t go Thomas cries Anne Look now this house is on fire too

Just then someone brings a ladder Thomas Anne and Harriet quickly climb down

Ten miDUtes later Oh mother says Harriet Poor Mary shes - shes dead Dont cry my love says her mother

Look at our shop our things our hamel says Thomas We have nothing What can we do now

ladder YO can go up or down tall climb 10 go Por dtlWn usmg your buildings on lilt handS anc feet

9

There is a strong wind and the fire spreads quickly to more houses in Pudding Lane Where are the fire~fighters everybody asks 7Ft ~_ - shy - j~ hE_~1 bullgtrX 7 _-==shy

Just then twenty flIe-fighters arrive middotThey begin to put water 00 the nre

But the ftre is out of control and sooa all the houses in Pudding Lane are on fire

~ni ver1 Ca st I)rud to rnQyent to other llouses

wind rtllal moYeS line ~ na rrow ~d

o

The people in the street begin to ask Where is the Lord Mayor or London He s asleep in bed says au old man We want the Lord Mayor cry the people

y

Go and find the Lord Mayor He lives in Maiden Lane says the chiefftre-fighter to a boy He must come quickly

Wbat can we do asks Anne We can t stay bere

=

l oM May1)r the fIIOS l impo rtant

Lets go down to the rover Thames cries Thomas Follow me

c hief tile most importam Thlmu It~mV

man in london riyer waler Ihat moves in a

ulup sleeping laniline

firefi~ lIter a penon gtMIO slap fires

out of control when ~oo cannot stop somethina or make do wnat ywwsnt

11

READING CHECK

Are these sentences true or false Tick the boxes

a Mary jumps to the house next door

h Thomas wants to help Mary

() Thomas Anne and Harriet die

d The house next to the bakers shop is soon on fire

e A hundred fire-fighters come to Pudding lane

f Someone says The Lord Mayor lives in Pudding Lane

g Thomas Anne and Harriet stay near the fire

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 2 in the ladder

True False

0 Igtr 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete these sentences

a The Farriner family cli0Q down the ladder

b There is a very and this makes the fire worse

c The fire quickly to more houses

d Nobody can stop the fire because it is

e The fire-fighter wants to see the Lord Mayor

f People say The Lord Mayor is in his bed

g The Farriner family go down to the Thames

GUESS WHAT

rn the next chapter we meet Samuel Pepys Look at his picture and tick the boxes

Samuel Pepys

a D is thirty-three years old

o is seventymiddotthree years old

b 0 works in a book shop

o writes in his diary every day

c 0 goes to look at the fire

D runs away from the fire

_010 0

12

Pepys goes to the window and It isnt a big tUe he says to Jane looks out across London Tm going back to bed Good night

An bour later Jane comes back Pepys jumps out of bed He quickly Sir there are more than three puts on his clothes

00

In a different part of London Samuel Pepys is asleep in his bed

A11 A

part some but nl1t all 01 sometlling gournment Ihe peOj)le who worl diary a tlOOk whert)Ov WIIte about with the kine to decide what happeM what ~pPt llS eel) day

Pep15 fpir~ mtf1 e coontry sir you uy this when you lallt to_ r ich or Impollanl man

t t

-

dotf1es people wear these

15

[ must go to the Tower of London says Near the Tower Pepys Pepys I can see everything from there meets his good friend

r ing 10 ma~e a nOIse likt a belJ bridge people can go 8cron a river on this

church Christian people go here 10 pray

fdhJtmiddot

Whats happening asks Pepys Its very bad news says Moore Theres a big fire down near the dver Everybody says its out of controL

tower a ta ll building news when someuroone tells ~ou somethinl1 new

They climb up the hill to

the Tower It is now six oclock in the morning

ia

Big clouds of smoke are beginning to spread across London Bells are ringing from every church in the City

[gt- Xmiddot~ n - =~ - - - - 1)bull - middot A ~ I f _~ _ ~

cloud a Oil wtlite or grey Ihtflg in the sky

~ a metal thing that makn a nOlseWllen)OO movt it

16 17

I NH RNA T IONA l

S(HL lJl l I3R~RY

WORD WORK 0 0 -db - ~5fi--Use the words in the Tower of london to complete Pepyss diary

READING CHECK

Put these sentences in the correct order Number them 1-8

a 0 Pepys meets

b 0

c 0

d 0

e mPepys is

f 0

g 0

h 0 Peps leaves the hOuse Hego to the

- 18

An hour later Jane comes back Three hundred

houses ere on f ife she cries

The fire isnt very bi ~ and Pepys goes back to

Moore and Pepys go down to the

Pepys quickly puts on his

Jane wokes up Pepys She tells him about the

~

SuntidJ 2 S(J(III~er 1666

1 am lifting aNd wrftltg In (a)

0 i t)Xj I u edT tllilld

flmug my )m lViJ6W All lIu (b) bullbullbullbull ill (11 (e) 11 LIlJ1t _re (d ) II I poundlaquo11 lee

J u(hiIl6 tJu(lue My idw Tlwe laquore (e) 0 nnle IYt( flu dty I mUJf ui 1111 my (f) bullbullbullbullbullbullbull and

8 lut 6 1 wall t It tlim u the (gl I Lift laquoIfaf41 dowl( Olt the fi re( 1 wlaquo1 I wltll atr611

Lnd1t (h) bull alld ee lite jire jrIJm aum tlte riytfl Tlte K illg (UtJ the (i) bull mlul dtl J4mtllting 14

J14) tIl( fite J441t

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter TIck t he boxes

Pepys

a talks [0 the chief fi r e- fighter

b helps the l itemiddotfighters

c goes to the lord Mayors house d goes to speak to the King of England

e meets the Farriner family

middotTower clothes bridgemiddoti bells

church

Yes Ho

o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0

QCbapter _ I Pepys and Moore arrive at the dver Crowds of people are running down to the river bank The fire is now in the next street

the nre There are clouds of smoke and thousands of rats are in the s treecs They are running from the burning houses Qgt

banIlt wIlen)IOu can III next to carr) 10 13M

~

10 21

Famllies leave their houses with their hands full They are carrying their things aAray (rom the fIre

i Xl IOn II I e (1- 7 (

Everybody wants a boat on the river Over here cries a young man to the people in the boats Im flIst says an old woman

Three people climb quickly into one of the boats [t is the rarriner family from Pudding Lane

crowd 101 of people logettler lull with IlliAgs in tnem boat t~ go acron water 111 this

Its Thomas Farriner from Pudding Lane cries a man in the crmmiddotvd TeU us about the nre in your bakers shop Thomas is fr igh tened I Im not a baker he says [ have a nower shop in Cat Street

The Parrioer family leave qu ickly and go down the river in the boat

Pepys and Moore walk nearer to

frithlened 4tri(l buming on fire

~C---(

What can we do shouts Moore We must spea k to the King says Pepys Come on Lets rUld a boat We can go up the river to Whitehall Palace Perhaps we can speak to the King there

The wind is stronger aud many streets are now on fire The houses on London Bridge are buramg fast and people afe jumping into the r iver

A 1 ( (

plliace II big house where iI IIinlllives

Can you stop the flre Pepys asks the chief fi re-fighter Us no good be answers Theres nothing we can do But you must blow up tbe bu ildings in fron t of the fire says Pepys Then it can t spread to diITerent par ts of the city

-o----~drnas

blow up 10 I)rta~ into small piKes noi$l~

22 23

c gt lt2

But we need to asLk-T-hBludworth the Lord Mayor says the chief fire-fighter Where is be asks Pepys Nobody knows be answers

7bullshy

outslc1e In front of

READING CHECK

Choose the correct pictures

a Alat of families go to the

I Pifrri

h Some people feel when they see Thomas Farriner

c Thomas Farriner says I have a shop _ bull (a nr 1r--ooCAmiddot17 --

d In the streets there are a lot of

oJO-=lt77 I O--r~-~middot ~ - I

e Pepys and Moore talk to

-

to the Kings palace

WORD WORK

1 Find nine more words from Chapter 4 in the wordsquare

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentences

a The fire-fighters must stop the fire they must 9 914 P the houses

b We can go for a long walk on the of the river

c Shallt those bags for you Yes please Im very tired

d Theres a lot of smoke in the house Something is

e The children are very of thOse big dogs

f The King lives ill a very big

g Wheres Richard look hes thai shop over there

h A of people are waiting for Ihe film slar at Ihe airport

You can travel to our country by or by plane

Can yOu open the door for me No sorry my hands are

GUESS WHAT

What happens at the Kings palace Tick two boxes

The King

a 0 doesnt talk to Pepys d 0 gives Pepys some money

b 0 lauShs at Pepys e 0 gives Pepys a letter for the Lord Mayor

c 0 listens carefully to Pepys f 0 goes to the fire with Pepys

5 24

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 5: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

One evening a baker Thomas Farriner and his daughter Harriet are making bread ___

maid a women 10110 wortl in rich pe~olls house

2

It is late We must work quickly says Tbomas We need this bread for Lhe King in tbe morning -

TulIna5 FTrintT~ltKlr1lt Cka~Ir

Just then Mary the bakers maid comes In You re late Mary says Thomas middotSorry Mr farriner says Mary

7 V gt3Z ti

baker person 110 rnake5 bread kin the most important man in a C(l1IIltry t ~e king here i Charles 11 ~jfg 0 Enand lS00-IS8-5

Thomas HarMet and Mary make bread for two hours 1 - t 1-middot fitmiddot

Then Mr Parriners wife Anne caUs down to them Time for bed girls she says Were just flDishing says Harriet 7 30-

Harriet and Mary go up to bed Thomas takes the bread from the oven

oven this i hOI Me il has a door YQU make thIngs to eat In II

Wake up girls Wake up cr iesThomasl calls Anne VThat are Quick Open the middot1ndow says thtnks Thomas Good The fire is nearly ou t oow

Anne The house is on flIe Thomas Lets go up on the roof you doing Its very late

wah up 10 SlOP sleepina roof t~ top Of a bUilding

cry to call or say nOIsily Jump to mOY8 fast en your leis from one thing to dilferent thilli

bull h ao

An hour later the bakers shop is on fire

this is reo anc IIOt aM it hums ollt not bumint With no fIre on lire when sometI8 is on fire It IS m hot and bumina

But Mary stays 00 the roof of the bakers shop Jump over here they aU cry Jump I can t says Mary Im afraid

next door next to Mis Muse

follow to go tt~ r ~one

5

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentencesREADING CHECK

Match the two parts of the sentences a In 1666 Charles II is th e ~ ~ -3 of England

b london is a very big for the Kinga Thomas Farriner is ~

c Thomas Farrioer and his wife early every morningb Thomas makes some bread 2 to bed to make bread for the King

c Harriet and Mary help 3 afraid d A lot of smoke is coming from that house Quick Its on __

d Thomas doesnt close 4 a baker e look theres a very big mouse over there That isnt a mouse its a e Thomas goes up 5 on fire t Im sorry I ca nt you onto the roof Im afra id

f An hOur later the shop is S across to the next door roof g The old streets in this town are very g Thomas Anne and Harriet jump 7 Thomas to make the breed h Some rich people have a working in th eir house

h Mary is 8 the oven door

WORD WORK GUESS WHAT

1 Find words from Chapter 1 to match the pictures What happens in the next chapter Tick two boxes

a 0 Mary jumps to the next door roof

b 0 Mary doesnt jump because she is afraid c __ _ f ____ _k ---shy

c 0 Thomas goes back to help Mary

d 0 Thomas Harriet and An ne go down a ladder

m __ _ w _ _ _ f __ _ n __ _ _ _

People come out of their houses They aU look up at Mary Jump now tlley cry RCAii ~

Don t go Thomas cries Anne Look now this house is on fire too

Just then someone brings a ladder Thomas Anne and Harriet quickly climb down

Ten miDUtes later Oh mother says Harriet Poor Mary shes - shes dead Dont cry my love says her mother

Look at our shop our things our hamel says Thomas We have nothing What can we do now

ladder YO can go up or down tall climb 10 go Por dtlWn usmg your buildings on lilt handS anc feet

9

There is a strong wind and the fire spreads quickly to more houses in Pudding Lane Where are the fire~fighters everybody asks 7Ft ~_ - shy - j~ hE_~1 bullgtrX 7 _-==shy

Just then twenty flIe-fighters arrive middotThey begin to put water 00 the nre

But the ftre is out of control and sooa all the houses in Pudding Lane are on fire

~ni ver1 Ca st I)rud to rnQyent to other llouses

wind rtllal moYeS line ~ na rrow ~d

o

The people in the street begin to ask Where is the Lord Mayor or London He s asleep in bed says au old man We want the Lord Mayor cry the people

y

Go and find the Lord Mayor He lives in Maiden Lane says the chiefftre-fighter to a boy He must come quickly

Wbat can we do asks Anne We can t stay bere

=

l oM May1)r the fIIOS l impo rtant

Lets go down to the rover Thames cries Thomas Follow me

c hief tile most importam Thlmu It~mV

man in london riyer waler Ihat moves in a

ulup sleeping laniline

firefi~ lIter a penon gtMIO slap fires

out of control when ~oo cannot stop somethina or make do wnat ywwsnt

11

READING CHECK

Are these sentences true or false Tick the boxes

a Mary jumps to the house next door

h Thomas wants to help Mary

() Thomas Anne and Harriet die

d The house next to the bakers shop is soon on fire

e A hundred fire-fighters come to Pudding lane

f Someone says The Lord Mayor lives in Pudding Lane

g Thomas Anne and Harriet stay near the fire

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 2 in the ladder

True False

0 Igtr 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete these sentences

a The Farriner family cli0Q down the ladder

b There is a very and this makes the fire worse

c The fire quickly to more houses

d Nobody can stop the fire because it is

e The fire-fighter wants to see the Lord Mayor

f People say The Lord Mayor is in his bed

g The Farriner family go down to the Thames

GUESS WHAT

rn the next chapter we meet Samuel Pepys Look at his picture and tick the boxes

Samuel Pepys

a D is thirty-three years old

o is seventymiddotthree years old

b 0 works in a book shop

o writes in his diary every day

c 0 goes to look at the fire

D runs away from the fire

_010 0

12

Pepys goes to the window and It isnt a big tUe he says to Jane looks out across London Tm going back to bed Good night

An bour later Jane comes back Pepys jumps out of bed He quickly Sir there are more than three puts on his clothes

00

In a different part of London Samuel Pepys is asleep in his bed

A11 A

part some but nl1t all 01 sometlling gournment Ihe peOj)le who worl diary a tlOOk whert)Ov WIIte about with the kine to decide what happeM what ~pPt llS eel) day

Pep15 fpir~ mtf1 e coontry sir you uy this when you lallt to_ r ich or Impollanl man

t t

-

dotf1es people wear these

15

[ must go to the Tower of London says Near the Tower Pepys Pepys I can see everything from there meets his good friend

r ing 10 ma~e a nOIse likt a belJ bridge people can go 8cron a river on this

church Christian people go here 10 pray

fdhJtmiddot

Whats happening asks Pepys Its very bad news says Moore Theres a big fire down near the dver Everybody says its out of controL

tower a ta ll building news when someuroone tells ~ou somethinl1 new

They climb up the hill to

the Tower It is now six oclock in the morning

ia

Big clouds of smoke are beginning to spread across London Bells are ringing from every church in the City

[gt- Xmiddot~ n - =~ - - - - 1)bull - middot A ~ I f _~ _ ~

cloud a Oil wtlite or grey Ihtflg in the sky

~ a metal thing that makn a nOlseWllen)OO movt it

16 17

I NH RNA T IONA l

S(HL lJl l I3R~RY

WORD WORK 0 0 -db - ~5fi--Use the words in the Tower of london to complete Pepyss diary

READING CHECK

Put these sentences in the correct order Number them 1-8

a 0 Pepys meets

b 0

c 0

d 0

e mPepys is

f 0

g 0

h 0 Peps leaves the hOuse Hego to the

- 18

An hour later Jane comes back Three hundred

houses ere on f ife she cries

The fire isnt very bi ~ and Pepys goes back to

Moore and Pepys go down to the

Pepys quickly puts on his

Jane wokes up Pepys She tells him about the

~

SuntidJ 2 S(J(III~er 1666

1 am lifting aNd wrftltg In (a)

0 i t)Xj I u edT tllilld

flmug my )m lViJ6W All lIu (b) bullbullbullbull ill (11 (e) 11 LIlJ1t _re (d ) II I poundlaquo11 lee

J u(hiIl6 tJu(lue My idw Tlwe laquore (e) 0 nnle IYt( flu dty I mUJf ui 1111 my (f) bullbullbullbullbullbullbull and

8 lut 6 1 wall t It tlim u the (gl I Lift laquoIfaf41 dowl( Olt the fi re( 1 wlaquo1 I wltll atr611

Lnd1t (h) bull alld ee lite jire jrIJm aum tlte riytfl Tlte K illg (UtJ the (i) bull mlul dtl J4mtllting 14

J14) tIl( fite J441t

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter TIck t he boxes

Pepys

a talks [0 the chief fi r e- fighter

b helps the l itemiddotfighters

c goes to the lord Mayors house d goes to speak to the King of England

e meets the Farriner family

middotTower clothes bridgemiddoti bells

church

Yes Ho

o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0

QCbapter _ I Pepys and Moore arrive at the dver Crowds of people are running down to the river bank The fire is now in the next street

the nre There are clouds of smoke and thousands of rats are in the s treecs They are running from the burning houses Qgt

banIlt wIlen)IOu can III next to carr) 10 13M

~

10 21

Famllies leave their houses with their hands full They are carrying their things aAray (rom the fIre

i Xl IOn II I e (1- 7 (

Everybody wants a boat on the river Over here cries a young man to the people in the boats Im flIst says an old woman

Three people climb quickly into one of the boats [t is the rarriner family from Pudding Lane

crowd 101 of people logettler lull with IlliAgs in tnem boat t~ go acron water 111 this

Its Thomas Farriner from Pudding Lane cries a man in the crmmiddotvd TeU us about the nre in your bakers shop Thomas is fr igh tened I Im not a baker he says [ have a nower shop in Cat Street

The Parrioer family leave qu ickly and go down the river in the boat

Pepys and Moore walk nearer to

frithlened 4tri(l buming on fire

~C---(

What can we do shouts Moore We must spea k to the King says Pepys Come on Lets rUld a boat We can go up the river to Whitehall Palace Perhaps we can speak to the King there

The wind is stronger aud many streets are now on fire The houses on London Bridge are buramg fast and people afe jumping into the r iver

A 1 ( (

plliace II big house where iI IIinlllives

Can you stop the flre Pepys asks the chief fi re-fighter Us no good be answers Theres nothing we can do But you must blow up tbe bu ildings in fron t of the fire says Pepys Then it can t spread to diITerent par ts of the city

-o----~drnas

blow up 10 I)rta~ into small piKes noi$l~

22 23

c gt lt2

But we need to asLk-T-hBludworth the Lord Mayor says the chief fire-fighter Where is be asks Pepys Nobody knows be answers

7bullshy

outslc1e In front of

READING CHECK

Choose the correct pictures

a Alat of families go to the

I Pifrri

h Some people feel when they see Thomas Farriner

c Thomas Farriner says I have a shop _ bull (a nr 1r--ooCAmiddot17 --

d In the streets there are a lot of

oJO-=lt77 I O--r~-~middot ~ - I

e Pepys and Moore talk to

-

to the Kings palace

WORD WORK

1 Find nine more words from Chapter 4 in the wordsquare

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentences

a The fire-fighters must stop the fire they must 9 914 P the houses

b We can go for a long walk on the of the river

c Shallt those bags for you Yes please Im very tired

d Theres a lot of smoke in the house Something is

e The children are very of thOse big dogs

f The King lives ill a very big

g Wheres Richard look hes thai shop over there

h A of people are waiting for Ihe film slar at Ihe airport

You can travel to our country by or by plane

Can yOu open the door for me No sorry my hands are

GUESS WHAT

What happens at the Kings palace Tick two boxes

The King

a 0 doesnt talk to Pepys d 0 gives Pepys some money

b 0 lauShs at Pepys e 0 gives Pepys a letter for the Lord Mayor

c 0 listens carefully to Pepys f 0 goes to the fire with Pepys

5 24

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 6: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

Wake up girls Wake up cr iesThomasl calls Anne VThat are Quick Open the middot1ndow says thtnks Thomas Good The fire is nearly ou t oow

Anne The house is on flIe Thomas Lets go up on the roof you doing Its very late

wah up 10 SlOP sleepina roof t~ top Of a bUilding

cry to call or say nOIsily Jump to mOY8 fast en your leis from one thing to dilferent thilli

bull h ao

An hour later the bakers shop is on fire

this is reo anc IIOt aM it hums ollt not bumint With no fIre on lire when sometI8 is on fire It IS m hot and bumina

But Mary stays 00 the roof of the bakers shop Jump over here they aU cry Jump I can t says Mary Im afraid

next door next to Mis Muse

follow to go tt~ r ~one

5

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentencesREADING CHECK

Match the two parts of the sentences a In 1666 Charles II is th e ~ ~ -3 of England

b london is a very big for the Kinga Thomas Farriner is ~

c Thomas Farrioer and his wife early every morningb Thomas makes some bread 2 to bed to make bread for the King

c Harriet and Mary help 3 afraid d A lot of smoke is coming from that house Quick Its on __

d Thomas doesnt close 4 a baker e look theres a very big mouse over there That isnt a mouse its a e Thomas goes up 5 on fire t Im sorry I ca nt you onto the roof Im afra id

f An hOur later the shop is S across to the next door roof g The old streets in this town are very g Thomas Anne and Harriet jump 7 Thomas to make the breed h Some rich people have a working in th eir house

h Mary is 8 the oven door

WORD WORK GUESS WHAT

1 Find words from Chapter 1 to match the pictures What happens in the next chapter Tick two boxes

a 0 Mary jumps to the next door roof

b 0 Mary doesnt jump because she is afraid c __ _ f ____ _k ---shy

c 0 Thomas goes back to help Mary

d 0 Thomas Harriet and An ne go down a ladder

m __ _ w _ _ _ f __ _ n __ _ _ _

People come out of their houses They aU look up at Mary Jump now tlley cry RCAii ~

Don t go Thomas cries Anne Look now this house is on fire too

Just then someone brings a ladder Thomas Anne and Harriet quickly climb down

Ten miDUtes later Oh mother says Harriet Poor Mary shes - shes dead Dont cry my love says her mother

Look at our shop our things our hamel says Thomas We have nothing What can we do now

ladder YO can go up or down tall climb 10 go Por dtlWn usmg your buildings on lilt handS anc feet

9

There is a strong wind and the fire spreads quickly to more houses in Pudding Lane Where are the fire~fighters everybody asks 7Ft ~_ - shy - j~ hE_~1 bullgtrX 7 _-==shy

Just then twenty flIe-fighters arrive middotThey begin to put water 00 the nre

But the ftre is out of control and sooa all the houses in Pudding Lane are on fire

~ni ver1 Ca st I)rud to rnQyent to other llouses

wind rtllal moYeS line ~ na rrow ~d

o

The people in the street begin to ask Where is the Lord Mayor or London He s asleep in bed says au old man We want the Lord Mayor cry the people

y

Go and find the Lord Mayor He lives in Maiden Lane says the chiefftre-fighter to a boy He must come quickly

Wbat can we do asks Anne We can t stay bere

=

l oM May1)r the fIIOS l impo rtant

Lets go down to the rover Thames cries Thomas Follow me

c hief tile most importam Thlmu It~mV

man in london riyer waler Ihat moves in a

ulup sleeping laniline

firefi~ lIter a penon gtMIO slap fires

out of control when ~oo cannot stop somethina or make do wnat ywwsnt

11

READING CHECK

Are these sentences true or false Tick the boxes

a Mary jumps to the house next door

h Thomas wants to help Mary

() Thomas Anne and Harriet die

d The house next to the bakers shop is soon on fire

e A hundred fire-fighters come to Pudding lane

f Someone says The Lord Mayor lives in Pudding Lane

g Thomas Anne and Harriet stay near the fire

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 2 in the ladder

True False

0 Igtr 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete these sentences

a The Farriner family cli0Q down the ladder

b There is a very and this makes the fire worse

c The fire quickly to more houses

d Nobody can stop the fire because it is

e The fire-fighter wants to see the Lord Mayor

f People say The Lord Mayor is in his bed

g The Farriner family go down to the Thames

GUESS WHAT

rn the next chapter we meet Samuel Pepys Look at his picture and tick the boxes

Samuel Pepys

a D is thirty-three years old

o is seventymiddotthree years old

b 0 works in a book shop

o writes in his diary every day

c 0 goes to look at the fire

D runs away from the fire

_010 0

12

Pepys goes to the window and It isnt a big tUe he says to Jane looks out across London Tm going back to bed Good night

An bour later Jane comes back Pepys jumps out of bed He quickly Sir there are more than three puts on his clothes

00

In a different part of London Samuel Pepys is asleep in his bed

A11 A

part some but nl1t all 01 sometlling gournment Ihe peOj)le who worl diary a tlOOk whert)Ov WIIte about with the kine to decide what happeM what ~pPt llS eel) day

Pep15 fpir~ mtf1 e coontry sir you uy this when you lallt to_ r ich or Impollanl man

t t

-

dotf1es people wear these

15

[ must go to the Tower of London says Near the Tower Pepys Pepys I can see everything from there meets his good friend

r ing 10 ma~e a nOIse likt a belJ bridge people can go 8cron a river on this

church Christian people go here 10 pray

fdhJtmiddot

Whats happening asks Pepys Its very bad news says Moore Theres a big fire down near the dver Everybody says its out of controL

tower a ta ll building news when someuroone tells ~ou somethinl1 new

They climb up the hill to

the Tower It is now six oclock in the morning

ia

Big clouds of smoke are beginning to spread across London Bells are ringing from every church in the City

[gt- Xmiddot~ n - =~ - - - - 1)bull - middot A ~ I f _~ _ ~

cloud a Oil wtlite or grey Ihtflg in the sky

~ a metal thing that makn a nOlseWllen)OO movt it

16 17

I NH RNA T IONA l

S(HL lJl l I3R~RY

WORD WORK 0 0 -db - ~5fi--Use the words in the Tower of london to complete Pepyss diary

READING CHECK

Put these sentences in the correct order Number them 1-8

a 0 Pepys meets

b 0

c 0

d 0

e mPepys is

f 0

g 0

h 0 Peps leaves the hOuse Hego to the

- 18

An hour later Jane comes back Three hundred

houses ere on f ife she cries

The fire isnt very bi ~ and Pepys goes back to

Moore and Pepys go down to the

Pepys quickly puts on his

Jane wokes up Pepys She tells him about the

~

SuntidJ 2 S(J(III~er 1666

1 am lifting aNd wrftltg In (a)

0 i t)Xj I u edT tllilld

flmug my )m lViJ6W All lIu (b) bullbullbullbull ill (11 (e) 11 LIlJ1t _re (d ) II I poundlaquo11 lee

J u(hiIl6 tJu(lue My idw Tlwe laquore (e) 0 nnle IYt( flu dty I mUJf ui 1111 my (f) bullbullbullbullbullbullbull and

8 lut 6 1 wall t It tlim u the (gl I Lift laquoIfaf41 dowl( Olt the fi re( 1 wlaquo1 I wltll atr611

Lnd1t (h) bull alld ee lite jire jrIJm aum tlte riytfl Tlte K illg (UtJ the (i) bull mlul dtl J4mtllting 14

J14) tIl( fite J441t

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter TIck t he boxes

Pepys

a talks [0 the chief fi r e- fighter

b helps the l itemiddotfighters

c goes to the lord Mayors house d goes to speak to the King of England

e meets the Farriner family

middotTower clothes bridgemiddoti bells

church

Yes Ho

o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0

QCbapter _ I Pepys and Moore arrive at the dver Crowds of people are running down to the river bank The fire is now in the next street

the nre There are clouds of smoke and thousands of rats are in the s treecs They are running from the burning houses Qgt

banIlt wIlen)IOu can III next to carr) 10 13M

~

10 21

Famllies leave their houses with their hands full They are carrying their things aAray (rom the fIre

i Xl IOn II I e (1- 7 (

Everybody wants a boat on the river Over here cries a young man to the people in the boats Im flIst says an old woman

Three people climb quickly into one of the boats [t is the rarriner family from Pudding Lane

crowd 101 of people logettler lull with IlliAgs in tnem boat t~ go acron water 111 this

Its Thomas Farriner from Pudding Lane cries a man in the crmmiddotvd TeU us about the nre in your bakers shop Thomas is fr igh tened I Im not a baker he says [ have a nower shop in Cat Street

The Parrioer family leave qu ickly and go down the river in the boat

Pepys and Moore walk nearer to

frithlened 4tri(l buming on fire

~C---(

What can we do shouts Moore We must spea k to the King says Pepys Come on Lets rUld a boat We can go up the river to Whitehall Palace Perhaps we can speak to the King there

The wind is stronger aud many streets are now on fire The houses on London Bridge are buramg fast and people afe jumping into the r iver

A 1 ( (

plliace II big house where iI IIinlllives

Can you stop the flre Pepys asks the chief fi re-fighter Us no good be answers Theres nothing we can do But you must blow up tbe bu ildings in fron t of the fire says Pepys Then it can t spread to diITerent par ts of the city

-o----~drnas

blow up 10 I)rta~ into small piKes noi$l~

22 23

c gt lt2

But we need to asLk-T-hBludworth the Lord Mayor says the chief fire-fighter Where is be asks Pepys Nobody knows be answers

7bullshy

outslc1e In front of

READING CHECK

Choose the correct pictures

a Alat of families go to the

I Pifrri

h Some people feel when they see Thomas Farriner

c Thomas Farriner says I have a shop _ bull (a nr 1r--ooCAmiddot17 --

d In the streets there are a lot of

oJO-=lt77 I O--r~-~middot ~ - I

e Pepys and Moore talk to

-

to the Kings palace

WORD WORK

1 Find nine more words from Chapter 4 in the wordsquare

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentences

a The fire-fighters must stop the fire they must 9 914 P the houses

b We can go for a long walk on the of the river

c Shallt those bags for you Yes please Im very tired

d Theres a lot of smoke in the house Something is

e The children are very of thOse big dogs

f The King lives ill a very big

g Wheres Richard look hes thai shop over there

h A of people are waiting for Ihe film slar at Ihe airport

You can travel to our country by or by plane

Can yOu open the door for me No sorry my hands are

GUESS WHAT

What happens at the Kings palace Tick two boxes

The King

a 0 doesnt talk to Pepys d 0 gives Pepys some money

b 0 lauShs at Pepys e 0 gives Pepys a letter for the Lord Mayor

c 0 listens carefully to Pepys f 0 goes to the fire with Pepys

5 24

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 7: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentencesREADING CHECK

Match the two parts of the sentences a In 1666 Charles II is th e ~ ~ -3 of England

b london is a very big for the Kinga Thomas Farriner is ~

c Thomas Farrioer and his wife early every morningb Thomas makes some bread 2 to bed to make bread for the King

c Harriet and Mary help 3 afraid d A lot of smoke is coming from that house Quick Its on __

d Thomas doesnt close 4 a baker e look theres a very big mouse over there That isnt a mouse its a e Thomas goes up 5 on fire t Im sorry I ca nt you onto the roof Im afra id

f An hOur later the shop is S across to the next door roof g The old streets in this town are very g Thomas Anne and Harriet jump 7 Thomas to make the breed h Some rich people have a working in th eir house

h Mary is 8 the oven door

WORD WORK GUESS WHAT

1 Find words from Chapter 1 to match the pictures What happens in the next chapter Tick two boxes

a 0 Mary jumps to the next door roof

b 0 Mary doesnt jump because she is afraid c __ _ f ____ _k ---shy

c 0 Thomas goes back to help Mary

d 0 Thomas Harriet and An ne go down a ladder

m __ _ w _ _ _ f __ _ n __ _ _ _

People come out of their houses They aU look up at Mary Jump now tlley cry RCAii ~

Don t go Thomas cries Anne Look now this house is on fire too

Just then someone brings a ladder Thomas Anne and Harriet quickly climb down

Ten miDUtes later Oh mother says Harriet Poor Mary shes - shes dead Dont cry my love says her mother

Look at our shop our things our hamel says Thomas We have nothing What can we do now

ladder YO can go up or down tall climb 10 go Por dtlWn usmg your buildings on lilt handS anc feet

9

There is a strong wind and the fire spreads quickly to more houses in Pudding Lane Where are the fire~fighters everybody asks 7Ft ~_ - shy - j~ hE_~1 bullgtrX 7 _-==shy

Just then twenty flIe-fighters arrive middotThey begin to put water 00 the nre

But the ftre is out of control and sooa all the houses in Pudding Lane are on fire

~ni ver1 Ca st I)rud to rnQyent to other llouses

wind rtllal moYeS line ~ na rrow ~d

o

The people in the street begin to ask Where is the Lord Mayor or London He s asleep in bed says au old man We want the Lord Mayor cry the people

y

Go and find the Lord Mayor He lives in Maiden Lane says the chiefftre-fighter to a boy He must come quickly

Wbat can we do asks Anne We can t stay bere

=

l oM May1)r the fIIOS l impo rtant

Lets go down to the rover Thames cries Thomas Follow me

c hief tile most importam Thlmu It~mV

man in london riyer waler Ihat moves in a

ulup sleeping laniline

firefi~ lIter a penon gtMIO slap fires

out of control when ~oo cannot stop somethina or make do wnat ywwsnt

11

READING CHECK

Are these sentences true or false Tick the boxes

a Mary jumps to the house next door

h Thomas wants to help Mary

() Thomas Anne and Harriet die

d The house next to the bakers shop is soon on fire

e A hundred fire-fighters come to Pudding lane

f Someone says The Lord Mayor lives in Pudding Lane

g Thomas Anne and Harriet stay near the fire

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 2 in the ladder

True False

0 Igtr 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete these sentences

a The Farriner family cli0Q down the ladder

b There is a very and this makes the fire worse

c The fire quickly to more houses

d Nobody can stop the fire because it is

e The fire-fighter wants to see the Lord Mayor

f People say The Lord Mayor is in his bed

g The Farriner family go down to the Thames

GUESS WHAT

rn the next chapter we meet Samuel Pepys Look at his picture and tick the boxes

Samuel Pepys

a D is thirty-three years old

o is seventymiddotthree years old

b 0 works in a book shop

o writes in his diary every day

c 0 goes to look at the fire

D runs away from the fire

_010 0

12

Pepys goes to the window and It isnt a big tUe he says to Jane looks out across London Tm going back to bed Good night

An bour later Jane comes back Pepys jumps out of bed He quickly Sir there are more than three puts on his clothes

00

In a different part of London Samuel Pepys is asleep in his bed

A11 A

part some but nl1t all 01 sometlling gournment Ihe peOj)le who worl diary a tlOOk whert)Ov WIIte about with the kine to decide what happeM what ~pPt llS eel) day

Pep15 fpir~ mtf1 e coontry sir you uy this when you lallt to_ r ich or Impollanl man

t t

-

dotf1es people wear these

15

[ must go to the Tower of London says Near the Tower Pepys Pepys I can see everything from there meets his good friend

r ing 10 ma~e a nOIse likt a belJ bridge people can go 8cron a river on this

church Christian people go here 10 pray

fdhJtmiddot

Whats happening asks Pepys Its very bad news says Moore Theres a big fire down near the dver Everybody says its out of controL

tower a ta ll building news when someuroone tells ~ou somethinl1 new

They climb up the hill to

the Tower It is now six oclock in the morning

ia

Big clouds of smoke are beginning to spread across London Bells are ringing from every church in the City

[gt- Xmiddot~ n - =~ - - - - 1)bull - middot A ~ I f _~ _ ~

cloud a Oil wtlite or grey Ihtflg in the sky

~ a metal thing that makn a nOlseWllen)OO movt it

16 17

I NH RNA T IONA l

S(HL lJl l I3R~RY

WORD WORK 0 0 -db - ~5fi--Use the words in the Tower of london to complete Pepyss diary

READING CHECK

Put these sentences in the correct order Number them 1-8

a 0 Pepys meets

b 0

c 0

d 0

e mPepys is

f 0

g 0

h 0 Peps leaves the hOuse Hego to the

- 18

An hour later Jane comes back Three hundred

houses ere on f ife she cries

The fire isnt very bi ~ and Pepys goes back to

Moore and Pepys go down to the

Pepys quickly puts on his

Jane wokes up Pepys She tells him about the

~

SuntidJ 2 S(J(III~er 1666

1 am lifting aNd wrftltg In (a)

0 i t)Xj I u edT tllilld

flmug my )m lViJ6W All lIu (b) bullbullbullbull ill (11 (e) 11 LIlJ1t _re (d ) II I poundlaquo11 lee

J u(hiIl6 tJu(lue My idw Tlwe laquore (e) 0 nnle IYt( flu dty I mUJf ui 1111 my (f) bullbullbullbullbullbullbull and

8 lut 6 1 wall t It tlim u the (gl I Lift laquoIfaf41 dowl( Olt the fi re( 1 wlaquo1 I wltll atr611

Lnd1t (h) bull alld ee lite jire jrIJm aum tlte riytfl Tlte K illg (UtJ the (i) bull mlul dtl J4mtllting 14

J14) tIl( fite J441t

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter TIck t he boxes

Pepys

a talks [0 the chief fi r e- fighter

b helps the l itemiddotfighters

c goes to the lord Mayors house d goes to speak to the King of England

e meets the Farriner family

middotTower clothes bridgemiddoti bells

church

Yes Ho

o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0

QCbapter _ I Pepys and Moore arrive at the dver Crowds of people are running down to the river bank The fire is now in the next street

the nre There are clouds of smoke and thousands of rats are in the s treecs They are running from the burning houses Qgt

banIlt wIlen)IOu can III next to carr) 10 13M

~

10 21

Famllies leave their houses with their hands full They are carrying their things aAray (rom the fIre

i Xl IOn II I e (1- 7 (

Everybody wants a boat on the river Over here cries a young man to the people in the boats Im flIst says an old woman

Three people climb quickly into one of the boats [t is the rarriner family from Pudding Lane

crowd 101 of people logettler lull with IlliAgs in tnem boat t~ go acron water 111 this

Its Thomas Farriner from Pudding Lane cries a man in the crmmiddotvd TeU us about the nre in your bakers shop Thomas is fr igh tened I Im not a baker he says [ have a nower shop in Cat Street

The Parrioer family leave qu ickly and go down the river in the boat

Pepys and Moore walk nearer to

frithlened 4tri(l buming on fire

~C---(

What can we do shouts Moore We must spea k to the King says Pepys Come on Lets rUld a boat We can go up the river to Whitehall Palace Perhaps we can speak to the King there

The wind is stronger aud many streets are now on fire The houses on London Bridge are buramg fast and people afe jumping into the r iver

A 1 ( (

plliace II big house where iI IIinlllives

Can you stop the flre Pepys asks the chief fi re-fighter Us no good be answers Theres nothing we can do But you must blow up tbe bu ildings in fron t of the fire says Pepys Then it can t spread to diITerent par ts of the city

-o----~drnas

blow up 10 I)rta~ into small piKes noi$l~

22 23

c gt lt2

But we need to asLk-T-hBludworth the Lord Mayor says the chief fire-fighter Where is be asks Pepys Nobody knows be answers

7bullshy

outslc1e In front of

READING CHECK

Choose the correct pictures

a Alat of families go to the

I Pifrri

h Some people feel when they see Thomas Farriner

c Thomas Farriner says I have a shop _ bull (a nr 1r--ooCAmiddot17 --

d In the streets there are a lot of

oJO-=lt77 I O--r~-~middot ~ - I

e Pepys and Moore talk to

-

to the Kings palace

WORD WORK

1 Find nine more words from Chapter 4 in the wordsquare

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentences

a The fire-fighters must stop the fire they must 9 914 P the houses

b We can go for a long walk on the of the river

c Shallt those bags for you Yes please Im very tired

d Theres a lot of smoke in the house Something is

e The children are very of thOse big dogs

f The King lives ill a very big

g Wheres Richard look hes thai shop over there

h A of people are waiting for Ihe film slar at Ihe airport

You can travel to our country by or by plane

Can yOu open the door for me No sorry my hands are

GUESS WHAT

What happens at the Kings palace Tick two boxes

The King

a 0 doesnt talk to Pepys d 0 gives Pepys some money

b 0 lauShs at Pepys e 0 gives Pepys a letter for the Lord Mayor

c 0 listens carefully to Pepys f 0 goes to the fire with Pepys

5 24

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 8: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

People come out of their houses They aU look up at Mary Jump now tlley cry RCAii ~

Don t go Thomas cries Anne Look now this house is on fire too

Just then someone brings a ladder Thomas Anne and Harriet quickly climb down

Ten miDUtes later Oh mother says Harriet Poor Mary shes - shes dead Dont cry my love says her mother

Look at our shop our things our hamel says Thomas We have nothing What can we do now

ladder YO can go up or down tall climb 10 go Por dtlWn usmg your buildings on lilt handS anc feet

9

There is a strong wind and the fire spreads quickly to more houses in Pudding Lane Where are the fire~fighters everybody asks 7Ft ~_ - shy - j~ hE_~1 bullgtrX 7 _-==shy

Just then twenty flIe-fighters arrive middotThey begin to put water 00 the nre

But the ftre is out of control and sooa all the houses in Pudding Lane are on fire

~ni ver1 Ca st I)rud to rnQyent to other llouses

wind rtllal moYeS line ~ na rrow ~d

o

The people in the street begin to ask Where is the Lord Mayor or London He s asleep in bed says au old man We want the Lord Mayor cry the people

y

Go and find the Lord Mayor He lives in Maiden Lane says the chiefftre-fighter to a boy He must come quickly

Wbat can we do asks Anne We can t stay bere

=

l oM May1)r the fIIOS l impo rtant

Lets go down to the rover Thames cries Thomas Follow me

c hief tile most importam Thlmu It~mV

man in london riyer waler Ihat moves in a

ulup sleeping laniline

firefi~ lIter a penon gtMIO slap fires

out of control when ~oo cannot stop somethina or make do wnat ywwsnt

11

READING CHECK

Are these sentences true or false Tick the boxes

a Mary jumps to the house next door

h Thomas wants to help Mary

() Thomas Anne and Harriet die

d The house next to the bakers shop is soon on fire

e A hundred fire-fighters come to Pudding lane

f Someone says The Lord Mayor lives in Pudding Lane

g Thomas Anne and Harriet stay near the fire

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 2 in the ladder

True False

0 Igtr 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete these sentences

a The Farriner family cli0Q down the ladder

b There is a very and this makes the fire worse

c The fire quickly to more houses

d Nobody can stop the fire because it is

e The fire-fighter wants to see the Lord Mayor

f People say The Lord Mayor is in his bed

g The Farriner family go down to the Thames

GUESS WHAT

rn the next chapter we meet Samuel Pepys Look at his picture and tick the boxes

Samuel Pepys

a D is thirty-three years old

o is seventymiddotthree years old

b 0 works in a book shop

o writes in his diary every day

c 0 goes to look at the fire

D runs away from the fire

_010 0

12

Pepys goes to the window and It isnt a big tUe he says to Jane looks out across London Tm going back to bed Good night

An bour later Jane comes back Pepys jumps out of bed He quickly Sir there are more than three puts on his clothes

00

In a different part of London Samuel Pepys is asleep in his bed

A11 A

part some but nl1t all 01 sometlling gournment Ihe peOj)le who worl diary a tlOOk whert)Ov WIIte about with the kine to decide what happeM what ~pPt llS eel) day

Pep15 fpir~ mtf1 e coontry sir you uy this when you lallt to_ r ich or Impollanl man

t t

-

dotf1es people wear these

15

[ must go to the Tower of London says Near the Tower Pepys Pepys I can see everything from there meets his good friend

r ing 10 ma~e a nOIse likt a belJ bridge people can go 8cron a river on this

church Christian people go here 10 pray

fdhJtmiddot

Whats happening asks Pepys Its very bad news says Moore Theres a big fire down near the dver Everybody says its out of controL

tower a ta ll building news when someuroone tells ~ou somethinl1 new

They climb up the hill to

the Tower It is now six oclock in the morning

ia

Big clouds of smoke are beginning to spread across London Bells are ringing from every church in the City

[gt- Xmiddot~ n - =~ - - - - 1)bull - middot A ~ I f _~ _ ~

cloud a Oil wtlite or grey Ihtflg in the sky

~ a metal thing that makn a nOlseWllen)OO movt it

16 17

I NH RNA T IONA l

S(HL lJl l I3R~RY

WORD WORK 0 0 -db - ~5fi--Use the words in the Tower of london to complete Pepyss diary

READING CHECK

Put these sentences in the correct order Number them 1-8

a 0 Pepys meets

b 0

c 0

d 0

e mPepys is

f 0

g 0

h 0 Peps leaves the hOuse Hego to the

- 18

An hour later Jane comes back Three hundred

houses ere on f ife she cries

The fire isnt very bi ~ and Pepys goes back to

Moore and Pepys go down to the

Pepys quickly puts on his

Jane wokes up Pepys She tells him about the

~

SuntidJ 2 S(J(III~er 1666

1 am lifting aNd wrftltg In (a)

0 i t)Xj I u edT tllilld

flmug my )m lViJ6W All lIu (b) bullbullbullbull ill (11 (e) 11 LIlJ1t _re (d ) II I poundlaquo11 lee

J u(hiIl6 tJu(lue My idw Tlwe laquore (e) 0 nnle IYt( flu dty I mUJf ui 1111 my (f) bullbullbullbullbullbullbull and

8 lut 6 1 wall t It tlim u the (gl I Lift laquoIfaf41 dowl( Olt the fi re( 1 wlaquo1 I wltll atr611

Lnd1t (h) bull alld ee lite jire jrIJm aum tlte riytfl Tlte K illg (UtJ the (i) bull mlul dtl J4mtllting 14

J14) tIl( fite J441t

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter TIck t he boxes

Pepys

a talks [0 the chief fi r e- fighter

b helps the l itemiddotfighters

c goes to the lord Mayors house d goes to speak to the King of England

e meets the Farriner family

middotTower clothes bridgemiddoti bells

church

Yes Ho

o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0

QCbapter _ I Pepys and Moore arrive at the dver Crowds of people are running down to the river bank The fire is now in the next street

the nre There are clouds of smoke and thousands of rats are in the s treecs They are running from the burning houses Qgt

banIlt wIlen)IOu can III next to carr) 10 13M

~

10 21

Famllies leave their houses with their hands full They are carrying their things aAray (rom the fIre

i Xl IOn II I e (1- 7 (

Everybody wants a boat on the river Over here cries a young man to the people in the boats Im flIst says an old woman

Three people climb quickly into one of the boats [t is the rarriner family from Pudding Lane

crowd 101 of people logettler lull with IlliAgs in tnem boat t~ go acron water 111 this

Its Thomas Farriner from Pudding Lane cries a man in the crmmiddotvd TeU us about the nre in your bakers shop Thomas is fr igh tened I Im not a baker he says [ have a nower shop in Cat Street

The Parrioer family leave qu ickly and go down the river in the boat

Pepys and Moore walk nearer to

frithlened 4tri(l buming on fire

~C---(

What can we do shouts Moore We must spea k to the King says Pepys Come on Lets rUld a boat We can go up the river to Whitehall Palace Perhaps we can speak to the King there

The wind is stronger aud many streets are now on fire The houses on London Bridge are buramg fast and people afe jumping into the r iver

A 1 ( (

plliace II big house where iI IIinlllives

Can you stop the flre Pepys asks the chief fi re-fighter Us no good be answers Theres nothing we can do But you must blow up tbe bu ildings in fron t of the fire says Pepys Then it can t spread to diITerent par ts of the city

-o----~drnas

blow up 10 I)rta~ into small piKes noi$l~

22 23

c gt lt2

But we need to asLk-T-hBludworth the Lord Mayor says the chief fire-fighter Where is be asks Pepys Nobody knows be answers

7bullshy

outslc1e In front of

READING CHECK

Choose the correct pictures

a Alat of families go to the

I Pifrri

h Some people feel when they see Thomas Farriner

c Thomas Farriner says I have a shop _ bull (a nr 1r--ooCAmiddot17 --

d In the streets there are a lot of

oJO-=lt77 I O--r~-~middot ~ - I

e Pepys and Moore talk to

-

to the Kings palace

WORD WORK

1 Find nine more words from Chapter 4 in the wordsquare

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentences

a The fire-fighters must stop the fire they must 9 914 P the houses

b We can go for a long walk on the of the river

c Shallt those bags for you Yes please Im very tired

d Theres a lot of smoke in the house Something is

e The children are very of thOse big dogs

f The King lives ill a very big

g Wheres Richard look hes thai shop over there

h A of people are waiting for Ihe film slar at Ihe airport

You can travel to our country by or by plane

Can yOu open the door for me No sorry my hands are

GUESS WHAT

What happens at the Kings palace Tick two boxes

The King

a 0 doesnt talk to Pepys d 0 gives Pepys some money

b 0 lauShs at Pepys e 0 gives Pepys a letter for the Lord Mayor

c 0 listens carefully to Pepys f 0 goes to the fire with Pepys

5 24

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 9: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

There is a strong wind and the fire spreads quickly to more houses in Pudding Lane Where are the fire~fighters everybody asks 7Ft ~_ - shy - j~ hE_~1 bullgtrX 7 _-==shy

Just then twenty flIe-fighters arrive middotThey begin to put water 00 the nre

But the ftre is out of control and sooa all the houses in Pudding Lane are on fire

~ni ver1 Ca st I)rud to rnQyent to other llouses

wind rtllal moYeS line ~ na rrow ~d

o

The people in the street begin to ask Where is the Lord Mayor or London He s asleep in bed says au old man We want the Lord Mayor cry the people

y

Go and find the Lord Mayor He lives in Maiden Lane says the chiefftre-fighter to a boy He must come quickly

Wbat can we do asks Anne We can t stay bere

=

l oM May1)r the fIIOS l impo rtant

Lets go down to the rover Thames cries Thomas Follow me

c hief tile most importam Thlmu It~mV

man in london riyer waler Ihat moves in a

ulup sleeping laniline

firefi~ lIter a penon gtMIO slap fires

out of control when ~oo cannot stop somethina or make do wnat ywwsnt

11

READING CHECK

Are these sentences true or false Tick the boxes

a Mary jumps to the house next door

h Thomas wants to help Mary

() Thomas Anne and Harriet die

d The house next to the bakers shop is soon on fire

e A hundred fire-fighters come to Pudding lane

f Someone says The Lord Mayor lives in Pudding Lane

g Thomas Anne and Harriet stay near the fire

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 2 in the ladder

True False

0 Igtr 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete these sentences

a The Farriner family cli0Q down the ladder

b There is a very and this makes the fire worse

c The fire quickly to more houses

d Nobody can stop the fire because it is

e The fire-fighter wants to see the Lord Mayor

f People say The Lord Mayor is in his bed

g The Farriner family go down to the Thames

GUESS WHAT

rn the next chapter we meet Samuel Pepys Look at his picture and tick the boxes

Samuel Pepys

a D is thirty-three years old

o is seventymiddotthree years old

b 0 works in a book shop

o writes in his diary every day

c 0 goes to look at the fire

D runs away from the fire

_010 0

12

Pepys goes to the window and It isnt a big tUe he says to Jane looks out across London Tm going back to bed Good night

An bour later Jane comes back Pepys jumps out of bed He quickly Sir there are more than three puts on his clothes

00

In a different part of London Samuel Pepys is asleep in his bed

A11 A

part some but nl1t all 01 sometlling gournment Ihe peOj)le who worl diary a tlOOk whert)Ov WIIte about with the kine to decide what happeM what ~pPt llS eel) day

Pep15 fpir~ mtf1 e coontry sir you uy this when you lallt to_ r ich or Impollanl man

t t

-

dotf1es people wear these

15

[ must go to the Tower of London says Near the Tower Pepys Pepys I can see everything from there meets his good friend

r ing 10 ma~e a nOIse likt a belJ bridge people can go 8cron a river on this

church Christian people go here 10 pray

fdhJtmiddot

Whats happening asks Pepys Its very bad news says Moore Theres a big fire down near the dver Everybody says its out of controL

tower a ta ll building news when someuroone tells ~ou somethinl1 new

They climb up the hill to

the Tower It is now six oclock in the morning

ia

Big clouds of smoke are beginning to spread across London Bells are ringing from every church in the City

[gt- Xmiddot~ n - =~ - - - - 1)bull - middot A ~ I f _~ _ ~

cloud a Oil wtlite or grey Ihtflg in the sky

~ a metal thing that makn a nOlseWllen)OO movt it

16 17

I NH RNA T IONA l

S(HL lJl l I3R~RY

WORD WORK 0 0 -db - ~5fi--Use the words in the Tower of london to complete Pepyss diary

READING CHECK

Put these sentences in the correct order Number them 1-8

a 0 Pepys meets

b 0

c 0

d 0

e mPepys is

f 0

g 0

h 0 Peps leaves the hOuse Hego to the

- 18

An hour later Jane comes back Three hundred

houses ere on f ife she cries

The fire isnt very bi ~ and Pepys goes back to

Moore and Pepys go down to the

Pepys quickly puts on his

Jane wokes up Pepys She tells him about the

~

SuntidJ 2 S(J(III~er 1666

1 am lifting aNd wrftltg In (a)

0 i t)Xj I u edT tllilld

flmug my )m lViJ6W All lIu (b) bullbullbullbull ill (11 (e) 11 LIlJ1t _re (d ) II I poundlaquo11 lee

J u(hiIl6 tJu(lue My idw Tlwe laquore (e) 0 nnle IYt( flu dty I mUJf ui 1111 my (f) bullbullbullbullbullbullbull and

8 lut 6 1 wall t It tlim u the (gl I Lift laquoIfaf41 dowl( Olt the fi re( 1 wlaquo1 I wltll atr611

Lnd1t (h) bull alld ee lite jire jrIJm aum tlte riytfl Tlte K illg (UtJ the (i) bull mlul dtl J4mtllting 14

J14) tIl( fite J441t

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter TIck t he boxes

Pepys

a talks [0 the chief fi r e- fighter

b helps the l itemiddotfighters

c goes to the lord Mayors house d goes to speak to the King of England

e meets the Farriner family

middotTower clothes bridgemiddoti bells

church

Yes Ho

o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0

QCbapter _ I Pepys and Moore arrive at the dver Crowds of people are running down to the river bank The fire is now in the next street

the nre There are clouds of smoke and thousands of rats are in the s treecs They are running from the burning houses Qgt

banIlt wIlen)IOu can III next to carr) 10 13M

~

10 21

Famllies leave their houses with their hands full They are carrying their things aAray (rom the fIre

i Xl IOn II I e (1- 7 (

Everybody wants a boat on the river Over here cries a young man to the people in the boats Im flIst says an old woman

Three people climb quickly into one of the boats [t is the rarriner family from Pudding Lane

crowd 101 of people logettler lull with IlliAgs in tnem boat t~ go acron water 111 this

Its Thomas Farriner from Pudding Lane cries a man in the crmmiddotvd TeU us about the nre in your bakers shop Thomas is fr igh tened I Im not a baker he says [ have a nower shop in Cat Street

The Parrioer family leave qu ickly and go down the river in the boat

Pepys and Moore walk nearer to

frithlened 4tri(l buming on fire

~C---(

What can we do shouts Moore We must spea k to the King says Pepys Come on Lets rUld a boat We can go up the river to Whitehall Palace Perhaps we can speak to the King there

The wind is stronger aud many streets are now on fire The houses on London Bridge are buramg fast and people afe jumping into the r iver

A 1 ( (

plliace II big house where iI IIinlllives

Can you stop the flre Pepys asks the chief fi re-fighter Us no good be answers Theres nothing we can do But you must blow up tbe bu ildings in fron t of the fire says Pepys Then it can t spread to diITerent par ts of the city

-o----~drnas

blow up 10 I)rta~ into small piKes noi$l~

22 23

c gt lt2

But we need to asLk-T-hBludworth the Lord Mayor says the chief fire-fighter Where is be asks Pepys Nobody knows be answers

7bullshy

outslc1e In front of

READING CHECK

Choose the correct pictures

a Alat of families go to the

I Pifrri

h Some people feel when they see Thomas Farriner

c Thomas Farriner says I have a shop _ bull (a nr 1r--ooCAmiddot17 --

d In the streets there are a lot of

oJO-=lt77 I O--r~-~middot ~ - I

e Pepys and Moore talk to

-

to the Kings palace

WORD WORK

1 Find nine more words from Chapter 4 in the wordsquare

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentences

a The fire-fighters must stop the fire they must 9 914 P the houses

b We can go for a long walk on the of the river

c Shallt those bags for you Yes please Im very tired

d Theres a lot of smoke in the house Something is

e The children are very of thOse big dogs

f The King lives ill a very big

g Wheres Richard look hes thai shop over there

h A of people are waiting for Ihe film slar at Ihe airport

You can travel to our country by or by plane

Can yOu open the door for me No sorry my hands are

GUESS WHAT

What happens at the Kings palace Tick two boxes

The King

a 0 doesnt talk to Pepys d 0 gives Pepys some money

b 0 lauShs at Pepys e 0 gives Pepys a letter for the Lord Mayor

c 0 listens carefully to Pepys f 0 goes to the fire with Pepys

5 24

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 10: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

READING CHECK

Are these sentences true or false Tick the boxes

a Mary jumps to the house next door

h Thomas wants to help Mary

() Thomas Anne and Harriet die

d The house next to the bakers shop is soon on fire

e A hundred fire-fighters come to Pudding lane

f Someone says The Lord Mayor lives in Pudding Lane

g Thomas Anne and Harriet stay near the fire

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 2 in the ladder

True False

0 Igtr 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete these sentences

a The Farriner family cli0Q down the ladder

b There is a very and this makes the fire worse

c The fire quickly to more houses

d Nobody can stop the fire because it is

e The fire-fighter wants to see the Lord Mayor

f People say The Lord Mayor is in his bed

g The Farriner family go down to the Thames

GUESS WHAT

rn the next chapter we meet Samuel Pepys Look at his picture and tick the boxes

Samuel Pepys

a D is thirty-three years old

o is seventymiddotthree years old

b 0 works in a book shop

o writes in his diary every day

c 0 goes to look at the fire

D runs away from the fire

_010 0

12

Pepys goes to the window and It isnt a big tUe he says to Jane looks out across London Tm going back to bed Good night

An bour later Jane comes back Pepys jumps out of bed He quickly Sir there are more than three puts on his clothes

00

In a different part of London Samuel Pepys is asleep in his bed

A11 A

part some but nl1t all 01 sometlling gournment Ihe peOj)le who worl diary a tlOOk whert)Ov WIIte about with the kine to decide what happeM what ~pPt llS eel) day

Pep15 fpir~ mtf1 e coontry sir you uy this when you lallt to_ r ich or Impollanl man

t t

-

dotf1es people wear these

15

[ must go to the Tower of London says Near the Tower Pepys Pepys I can see everything from there meets his good friend

r ing 10 ma~e a nOIse likt a belJ bridge people can go 8cron a river on this

church Christian people go here 10 pray

fdhJtmiddot

Whats happening asks Pepys Its very bad news says Moore Theres a big fire down near the dver Everybody says its out of controL

tower a ta ll building news when someuroone tells ~ou somethinl1 new

They climb up the hill to

the Tower It is now six oclock in the morning

ia

Big clouds of smoke are beginning to spread across London Bells are ringing from every church in the City

[gt- Xmiddot~ n - =~ - - - - 1)bull - middot A ~ I f _~ _ ~

cloud a Oil wtlite or grey Ihtflg in the sky

~ a metal thing that makn a nOlseWllen)OO movt it

16 17

I NH RNA T IONA l

S(HL lJl l I3R~RY

WORD WORK 0 0 -db - ~5fi--Use the words in the Tower of london to complete Pepyss diary

READING CHECK

Put these sentences in the correct order Number them 1-8

a 0 Pepys meets

b 0

c 0

d 0

e mPepys is

f 0

g 0

h 0 Peps leaves the hOuse Hego to the

- 18

An hour later Jane comes back Three hundred

houses ere on f ife she cries

The fire isnt very bi ~ and Pepys goes back to

Moore and Pepys go down to the

Pepys quickly puts on his

Jane wokes up Pepys She tells him about the

~

SuntidJ 2 S(J(III~er 1666

1 am lifting aNd wrftltg In (a)

0 i t)Xj I u edT tllilld

flmug my )m lViJ6W All lIu (b) bullbullbullbull ill (11 (e) 11 LIlJ1t _re (d ) II I poundlaquo11 lee

J u(hiIl6 tJu(lue My idw Tlwe laquore (e) 0 nnle IYt( flu dty I mUJf ui 1111 my (f) bullbullbullbullbullbullbull and

8 lut 6 1 wall t It tlim u the (gl I Lift laquoIfaf41 dowl( Olt the fi re( 1 wlaquo1 I wltll atr611

Lnd1t (h) bull alld ee lite jire jrIJm aum tlte riytfl Tlte K illg (UtJ the (i) bull mlul dtl J4mtllting 14

J14) tIl( fite J441t

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter TIck t he boxes

Pepys

a talks [0 the chief fi r e- fighter

b helps the l itemiddotfighters

c goes to the lord Mayors house d goes to speak to the King of England

e meets the Farriner family

middotTower clothes bridgemiddoti bells

church

Yes Ho

o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0

QCbapter _ I Pepys and Moore arrive at the dver Crowds of people are running down to the river bank The fire is now in the next street

the nre There are clouds of smoke and thousands of rats are in the s treecs They are running from the burning houses Qgt

banIlt wIlen)IOu can III next to carr) 10 13M

~

10 21

Famllies leave their houses with their hands full They are carrying their things aAray (rom the fIre

i Xl IOn II I e (1- 7 (

Everybody wants a boat on the river Over here cries a young man to the people in the boats Im flIst says an old woman

Three people climb quickly into one of the boats [t is the rarriner family from Pudding Lane

crowd 101 of people logettler lull with IlliAgs in tnem boat t~ go acron water 111 this

Its Thomas Farriner from Pudding Lane cries a man in the crmmiddotvd TeU us about the nre in your bakers shop Thomas is fr igh tened I Im not a baker he says [ have a nower shop in Cat Street

The Parrioer family leave qu ickly and go down the river in the boat

Pepys and Moore walk nearer to

frithlened 4tri(l buming on fire

~C---(

What can we do shouts Moore We must spea k to the King says Pepys Come on Lets rUld a boat We can go up the river to Whitehall Palace Perhaps we can speak to the King there

The wind is stronger aud many streets are now on fire The houses on London Bridge are buramg fast and people afe jumping into the r iver

A 1 ( (

plliace II big house where iI IIinlllives

Can you stop the flre Pepys asks the chief fi re-fighter Us no good be answers Theres nothing we can do But you must blow up tbe bu ildings in fron t of the fire says Pepys Then it can t spread to diITerent par ts of the city

-o----~drnas

blow up 10 I)rta~ into small piKes noi$l~

22 23

c gt lt2

But we need to asLk-T-hBludworth the Lord Mayor says the chief fire-fighter Where is be asks Pepys Nobody knows be answers

7bullshy

outslc1e In front of

READING CHECK

Choose the correct pictures

a Alat of families go to the

I Pifrri

h Some people feel when they see Thomas Farriner

c Thomas Farriner says I have a shop _ bull (a nr 1r--ooCAmiddot17 --

d In the streets there are a lot of

oJO-=lt77 I O--r~-~middot ~ - I

e Pepys and Moore talk to

-

to the Kings palace

WORD WORK

1 Find nine more words from Chapter 4 in the wordsquare

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentences

a The fire-fighters must stop the fire they must 9 914 P the houses

b We can go for a long walk on the of the river

c Shallt those bags for you Yes please Im very tired

d Theres a lot of smoke in the house Something is

e The children are very of thOse big dogs

f The King lives ill a very big

g Wheres Richard look hes thai shop over there

h A of people are waiting for Ihe film slar at Ihe airport

You can travel to our country by or by plane

Can yOu open the door for me No sorry my hands are

GUESS WHAT

What happens at the Kings palace Tick two boxes

The King

a 0 doesnt talk to Pepys d 0 gives Pepys some money

b 0 lauShs at Pepys e 0 gives Pepys a letter for the Lord Mayor

c 0 listens carefully to Pepys f 0 goes to the fire with Pepys

5 24

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 11: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

Pepys goes to the window and It isnt a big tUe he says to Jane looks out across London Tm going back to bed Good night

An bour later Jane comes back Pepys jumps out of bed He quickly Sir there are more than three puts on his clothes

00

In a different part of London Samuel Pepys is asleep in his bed

A11 A

part some but nl1t all 01 sometlling gournment Ihe peOj)le who worl diary a tlOOk whert)Ov WIIte about with the kine to decide what happeM what ~pPt llS eel) day

Pep15 fpir~ mtf1 e coontry sir you uy this when you lallt to_ r ich or Impollanl man

t t

-

dotf1es people wear these

15

[ must go to the Tower of London says Near the Tower Pepys Pepys I can see everything from there meets his good friend

r ing 10 ma~e a nOIse likt a belJ bridge people can go 8cron a river on this

church Christian people go here 10 pray

fdhJtmiddot

Whats happening asks Pepys Its very bad news says Moore Theres a big fire down near the dver Everybody says its out of controL

tower a ta ll building news when someuroone tells ~ou somethinl1 new

They climb up the hill to

the Tower It is now six oclock in the morning

ia

Big clouds of smoke are beginning to spread across London Bells are ringing from every church in the City

[gt- Xmiddot~ n - =~ - - - - 1)bull - middot A ~ I f _~ _ ~

cloud a Oil wtlite or grey Ihtflg in the sky

~ a metal thing that makn a nOlseWllen)OO movt it

16 17

I NH RNA T IONA l

S(HL lJl l I3R~RY

WORD WORK 0 0 -db - ~5fi--Use the words in the Tower of london to complete Pepyss diary

READING CHECK

Put these sentences in the correct order Number them 1-8

a 0 Pepys meets

b 0

c 0

d 0

e mPepys is

f 0

g 0

h 0 Peps leaves the hOuse Hego to the

- 18

An hour later Jane comes back Three hundred

houses ere on f ife she cries

The fire isnt very bi ~ and Pepys goes back to

Moore and Pepys go down to the

Pepys quickly puts on his

Jane wokes up Pepys She tells him about the

~

SuntidJ 2 S(J(III~er 1666

1 am lifting aNd wrftltg In (a)

0 i t)Xj I u edT tllilld

flmug my )m lViJ6W All lIu (b) bullbullbullbull ill (11 (e) 11 LIlJ1t _re (d ) II I poundlaquo11 lee

J u(hiIl6 tJu(lue My idw Tlwe laquore (e) 0 nnle IYt( flu dty I mUJf ui 1111 my (f) bullbullbullbullbullbullbull and

8 lut 6 1 wall t It tlim u the (gl I Lift laquoIfaf41 dowl( Olt the fi re( 1 wlaquo1 I wltll atr611

Lnd1t (h) bull alld ee lite jire jrIJm aum tlte riytfl Tlte K illg (UtJ the (i) bull mlul dtl J4mtllting 14

J14) tIl( fite J441t

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter TIck t he boxes

Pepys

a talks [0 the chief fi r e- fighter

b helps the l itemiddotfighters

c goes to the lord Mayors house d goes to speak to the King of England

e meets the Farriner family

middotTower clothes bridgemiddoti bells

church

Yes Ho

o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0

QCbapter _ I Pepys and Moore arrive at the dver Crowds of people are running down to the river bank The fire is now in the next street

the nre There are clouds of smoke and thousands of rats are in the s treecs They are running from the burning houses Qgt

banIlt wIlen)IOu can III next to carr) 10 13M

~

10 21

Famllies leave their houses with their hands full They are carrying their things aAray (rom the fIre

i Xl IOn II I e (1- 7 (

Everybody wants a boat on the river Over here cries a young man to the people in the boats Im flIst says an old woman

Three people climb quickly into one of the boats [t is the rarriner family from Pudding Lane

crowd 101 of people logettler lull with IlliAgs in tnem boat t~ go acron water 111 this

Its Thomas Farriner from Pudding Lane cries a man in the crmmiddotvd TeU us about the nre in your bakers shop Thomas is fr igh tened I Im not a baker he says [ have a nower shop in Cat Street

The Parrioer family leave qu ickly and go down the river in the boat

Pepys and Moore walk nearer to

frithlened 4tri(l buming on fire

~C---(

What can we do shouts Moore We must spea k to the King says Pepys Come on Lets rUld a boat We can go up the river to Whitehall Palace Perhaps we can speak to the King there

The wind is stronger aud many streets are now on fire The houses on London Bridge are buramg fast and people afe jumping into the r iver

A 1 ( (

plliace II big house where iI IIinlllives

Can you stop the flre Pepys asks the chief fi re-fighter Us no good be answers Theres nothing we can do But you must blow up tbe bu ildings in fron t of the fire says Pepys Then it can t spread to diITerent par ts of the city

-o----~drnas

blow up 10 I)rta~ into small piKes noi$l~

22 23

c gt lt2

But we need to asLk-T-hBludworth the Lord Mayor says the chief fire-fighter Where is be asks Pepys Nobody knows be answers

7bullshy

outslc1e In front of

READING CHECK

Choose the correct pictures

a Alat of families go to the

I Pifrri

h Some people feel when they see Thomas Farriner

c Thomas Farriner says I have a shop _ bull (a nr 1r--ooCAmiddot17 --

d In the streets there are a lot of

oJO-=lt77 I O--r~-~middot ~ - I

e Pepys and Moore talk to

-

to the Kings palace

WORD WORK

1 Find nine more words from Chapter 4 in the wordsquare

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentences

a The fire-fighters must stop the fire they must 9 914 P the houses

b We can go for a long walk on the of the river

c Shallt those bags for you Yes please Im very tired

d Theres a lot of smoke in the house Something is

e The children are very of thOse big dogs

f The King lives ill a very big

g Wheres Richard look hes thai shop over there

h A of people are waiting for Ihe film slar at Ihe airport

You can travel to our country by or by plane

Can yOu open the door for me No sorry my hands are

GUESS WHAT

What happens at the Kings palace Tick two boxes

The King

a 0 doesnt talk to Pepys d 0 gives Pepys some money

b 0 lauShs at Pepys e 0 gives Pepys a letter for the Lord Mayor

c 0 listens carefully to Pepys f 0 goes to the fire with Pepys

5 24

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 12: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

[ must go to the Tower of London says Near the Tower Pepys Pepys I can see everything from there meets his good friend

r ing 10 ma~e a nOIse likt a belJ bridge people can go 8cron a river on this

church Christian people go here 10 pray

fdhJtmiddot

Whats happening asks Pepys Its very bad news says Moore Theres a big fire down near the dver Everybody says its out of controL

tower a ta ll building news when someuroone tells ~ou somethinl1 new

They climb up the hill to

the Tower It is now six oclock in the morning

ia

Big clouds of smoke are beginning to spread across London Bells are ringing from every church in the City

[gt- Xmiddot~ n - =~ - - - - 1)bull - middot A ~ I f _~ _ ~

cloud a Oil wtlite or grey Ihtflg in the sky

~ a metal thing that makn a nOlseWllen)OO movt it

16 17

I NH RNA T IONA l

S(HL lJl l I3R~RY

WORD WORK 0 0 -db - ~5fi--Use the words in the Tower of london to complete Pepyss diary

READING CHECK

Put these sentences in the correct order Number them 1-8

a 0 Pepys meets

b 0

c 0

d 0

e mPepys is

f 0

g 0

h 0 Peps leaves the hOuse Hego to the

- 18

An hour later Jane comes back Three hundred

houses ere on f ife she cries

The fire isnt very bi ~ and Pepys goes back to

Moore and Pepys go down to the

Pepys quickly puts on his

Jane wokes up Pepys She tells him about the

~

SuntidJ 2 S(J(III~er 1666

1 am lifting aNd wrftltg In (a)

0 i t)Xj I u edT tllilld

flmug my )m lViJ6W All lIu (b) bullbullbullbull ill (11 (e) 11 LIlJ1t _re (d ) II I poundlaquo11 lee

J u(hiIl6 tJu(lue My idw Tlwe laquore (e) 0 nnle IYt( flu dty I mUJf ui 1111 my (f) bullbullbullbullbullbullbull and

8 lut 6 1 wall t It tlim u the (gl I Lift laquoIfaf41 dowl( Olt the fi re( 1 wlaquo1 I wltll atr611

Lnd1t (h) bull alld ee lite jire jrIJm aum tlte riytfl Tlte K illg (UtJ the (i) bull mlul dtl J4mtllting 14

J14) tIl( fite J441t

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter TIck t he boxes

Pepys

a talks [0 the chief fi r e- fighter

b helps the l itemiddotfighters

c goes to the lord Mayors house d goes to speak to the King of England

e meets the Farriner family

middotTower clothes bridgemiddoti bells

church

Yes Ho

o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0

QCbapter _ I Pepys and Moore arrive at the dver Crowds of people are running down to the river bank The fire is now in the next street

the nre There are clouds of smoke and thousands of rats are in the s treecs They are running from the burning houses Qgt

banIlt wIlen)IOu can III next to carr) 10 13M

~

10 21

Famllies leave their houses with their hands full They are carrying their things aAray (rom the fIre

i Xl IOn II I e (1- 7 (

Everybody wants a boat on the river Over here cries a young man to the people in the boats Im flIst says an old woman

Three people climb quickly into one of the boats [t is the rarriner family from Pudding Lane

crowd 101 of people logettler lull with IlliAgs in tnem boat t~ go acron water 111 this

Its Thomas Farriner from Pudding Lane cries a man in the crmmiddotvd TeU us about the nre in your bakers shop Thomas is fr igh tened I Im not a baker he says [ have a nower shop in Cat Street

The Parrioer family leave qu ickly and go down the river in the boat

Pepys and Moore walk nearer to

frithlened 4tri(l buming on fire

~C---(

What can we do shouts Moore We must spea k to the King says Pepys Come on Lets rUld a boat We can go up the river to Whitehall Palace Perhaps we can speak to the King there

The wind is stronger aud many streets are now on fire The houses on London Bridge are buramg fast and people afe jumping into the r iver

A 1 ( (

plliace II big house where iI IIinlllives

Can you stop the flre Pepys asks the chief fi re-fighter Us no good be answers Theres nothing we can do But you must blow up tbe bu ildings in fron t of the fire says Pepys Then it can t spread to diITerent par ts of the city

-o----~drnas

blow up 10 I)rta~ into small piKes noi$l~

22 23

c gt lt2

But we need to asLk-T-hBludworth the Lord Mayor says the chief fire-fighter Where is be asks Pepys Nobody knows be answers

7bullshy

outslc1e In front of

READING CHECK

Choose the correct pictures

a Alat of families go to the

I Pifrri

h Some people feel when they see Thomas Farriner

c Thomas Farriner says I have a shop _ bull (a nr 1r--ooCAmiddot17 --

d In the streets there are a lot of

oJO-=lt77 I O--r~-~middot ~ - I

e Pepys and Moore talk to

-

to the Kings palace

WORD WORK

1 Find nine more words from Chapter 4 in the wordsquare

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentences

a The fire-fighters must stop the fire they must 9 914 P the houses

b We can go for a long walk on the of the river

c Shallt those bags for you Yes please Im very tired

d Theres a lot of smoke in the house Something is

e The children are very of thOse big dogs

f The King lives ill a very big

g Wheres Richard look hes thai shop over there

h A of people are waiting for Ihe film slar at Ihe airport

You can travel to our country by or by plane

Can yOu open the door for me No sorry my hands are

GUESS WHAT

What happens at the Kings palace Tick two boxes

The King

a 0 doesnt talk to Pepys d 0 gives Pepys some money

b 0 lauShs at Pepys e 0 gives Pepys a letter for the Lord Mayor

c 0 listens carefully to Pepys f 0 goes to the fire with Pepys

5 24

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 13: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

I NH RNA T IONA l

S(HL lJl l I3R~RY

WORD WORK 0 0 -db - ~5fi--Use the words in the Tower of london to complete Pepyss diary

READING CHECK

Put these sentences in the correct order Number them 1-8

a 0 Pepys meets

b 0

c 0

d 0

e mPepys is

f 0

g 0

h 0 Peps leaves the hOuse Hego to the

- 18

An hour later Jane comes back Three hundred

houses ere on f ife she cries

The fire isnt very bi ~ and Pepys goes back to

Moore and Pepys go down to the

Pepys quickly puts on his

Jane wokes up Pepys She tells him about the

~

SuntidJ 2 S(J(III~er 1666

1 am lifting aNd wrftltg In (a)

0 i t)Xj I u edT tllilld

flmug my )m lViJ6W All lIu (b) bullbullbullbull ill (11 (e) 11 LIlJ1t _re (d ) II I poundlaquo11 lee

J u(hiIl6 tJu(lue My idw Tlwe laquore (e) 0 nnle IYt( flu dty I mUJf ui 1111 my (f) bullbullbullbullbullbullbull and

8 lut 6 1 wall t It tlim u the (gl I Lift laquoIfaf41 dowl( Olt the fi re( 1 wlaquo1 I wltll atr611

Lnd1t (h) bull alld ee lite jire jrIJm aum tlte riytfl Tlte K illg (UtJ the (i) bull mlul dtl J4mtllting 14

J14) tIl( fite J441t

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter TIck t he boxes

Pepys

a talks [0 the chief fi r e- fighter

b helps the l itemiddotfighters

c goes to the lord Mayors house d goes to speak to the King of England

e meets the Farriner family

middotTower clothes bridgemiddoti bells

church

Yes Ho

o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 o 0

QCbapter _ I Pepys and Moore arrive at the dver Crowds of people are running down to the river bank The fire is now in the next street

the nre There are clouds of smoke and thousands of rats are in the s treecs They are running from the burning houses Qgt

banIlt wIlen)IOu can III next to carr) 10 13M

~

10 21

Famllies leave their houses with their hands full They are carrying their things aAray (rom the fIre

i Xl IOn II I e (1- 7 (

Everybody wants a boat on the river Over here cries a young man to the people in the boats Im flIst says an old woman

Three people climb quickly into one of the boats [t is the rarriner family from Pudding Lane

crowd 101 of people logettler lull with IlliAgs in tnem boat t~ go acron water 111 this

Its Thomas Farriner from Pudding Lane cries a man in the crmmiddotvd TeU us about the nre in your bakers shop Thomas is fr igh tened I Im not a baker he says [ have a nower shop in Cat Street

The Parrioer family leave qu ickly and go down the river in the boat

Pepys and Moore walk nearer to

frithlened 4tri(l buming on fire

~C---(

What can we do shouts Moore We must spea k to the King says Pepys Come on Lets rUld a boat We can go up the river to Whitehall Palace Perhaps we can speak to the King there

The wind is stronger aud many streets are now on fire The houses on London Bridge are buramg fast and people afe jumping into the r iver

A 1 ( (

plliace II big house where iI IIinlllives

Can you stop the flre Pepys asks the chief fi re-fighter Us no good be answers Theres nothing we can do But you must blow up tbe bu ildings in fron t of the fire says Pepys Then it can t spread to diITerent par ts of the city

-o----~drnas

blow up 10 I)rta~ into small piKes noi$l~

22 23

c gt lt2

But we need to asLk-T-hBludworth the Lord Mayor says the chief fire-fighter Where is be asks Pepys Nobody knows be answers

7bullshy

outslc1e In front of

READING CHECK

Choose the correct pictures

a Alat of families go to the

I Pifrri

h Some people feel when they see Thomas Farriner

c Thomas Farriner says I have a shop _ bull (a nr 1r--ooCAmiddot17 --

d In the streets there are a lot of

oJO-=lt77 I O--r~-~middot ~ - I

e Pepys and Moore talk to

-

to the Kings palace

WORD WORK

1 Find nine more words from Chapter 4 in the wordsquare

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentences

a The fire-fighters must stop the fire they must 9 914 P the houses

b We can go for a long walk on the of the river

c Shallt those bags for you Yes please Im very tired

d Theres a lot of smoke in the house Something is

e The children are very of thOse big dogs

f The King lives ill a very big

g Wheres Richard look hes thai shop over there

h A of people are waiting for Ihe film slar at Ihe airport

You can travel to our country by or by plane

Can yOu open the door for me No sorry my hands are

GUESS WHAT

What happens at the Kings palace Tick two boxes

The King

a 0 doesnt talk to Pepys d 0 gives Pepys some money

b 0 lauShs at Pepys e 0 gives Pepys a letter for the Lord Mayor

c 0 listens carefully to Pepys f 0 goes to the fire with Pepys

5 24

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 14: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

QCbapter _ I Pepys and Moore arrive at the dver Crowds of people are running down to the river bank The fire is now in the next street

the nre There are clouds of smoke and thousands of rats are in the s treecs They are running from the burning houses Qgt

banIlt wIlen)IOu can III next to carr) 10 13M

~

10 21

Famllies leave their houses with their hands full They are carrying their things aAray (rom the fIre

i Xl IOn II I e (1- 7 (

Everybody wants a boat on the river Over here cries a young man to the people in the boats Im flIst says an old woman

Three people climb quickly into one of the boats [t is the rarriner family from Pudding Lane

crowd 101 of people logettler lull with IlliAgs in tnem boat t~ go acron water 111 this

Its Thomas Farriner from Pudding Lane cries a man in the crmmiddotvd TeU us about the nre in your bakers shop Thomas is fr igh tened I Im not a baker he says [ have a nower shop in Cat Street

The Parrioer family leave qu ickly and go down the river in the boat

Pepys and Moore walk nearer to

frithlened 4tri(l buming on fire

~C---(

What can we do shouts Moore We must spea k to the King says Pepys Come on Lets rUld a boat We can go up the river to Whitehall Palace Perhaps we can speak to the King there

The wind is stronger aud many streets are now on fire The houses on London Bridge are buramg fast and people afe jumping into the r iver

A 1 ( (

plliace II big house where iI IIinlllives

Can you stop the flre Pepys asks the chief fi re-fighter Us no good be answers Theres nothing we can do But you must blow up tbe bu ildings in fron t of the fire says Pepys Then it can t spread to diITerent par ts of the city

-o----~drnas

blow up 10 I)rta~ into small piKes noi$l~

22 23

c gt lt2

But we need to asLk-T-hBludworth the Lord Mayor says the chief fire-fighter Where is be asks Pepys Nobody knows be answers

7bullshy

outslc1e In front of

READING CHECK

Choose the correct pictures

a Alat of families go to the

I Pifrri

h Some people feel when they see Thomas Farriner

c Thomas Farriner says I have a shop _ bull (a nr 1r--ooCAmiddot17 --

d In the streets there are a lot of

oJO-=lt77 I O--r~-~middot ~ - I

e Pepys and Moore talk to

-

to the Kings palace

WORD WORK

1 Find nine more words from Chapter 4 in the wordsquare

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentences

a The fire-fighters must stop the fire they must 9 914 P the houses

b We can go for a long walk on the of the river

c Shallt those bags for you Yes please Im very tired

d Theres a lot of smoke in the house Something is

e The children are very of thOse big dogs

f The King lives ill a very big

g Wheres Richard look hes thai shop over there

h A of people are waiting for Ihe film slar at Ihe airport

You can travel to our country by or by plane

Can yOu open the door for me No sorry my hands are

GUESS WHAT

What happens at the Kings palace Tick two boxes

The King

a 0 doesnt talk to Pepys d 0 gives Pepys some money

b 0 lauShs at Pepys e 0 gives Pepys a letter for the Lord Mayor

c 0 listens carefully to Pepys f 0 goes to the fire with Pepys

5 24

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 15: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

~C---(

What can we do shouts Moore We must spea k to the King says Pepys Come on Lets rUld a boat We can go up the river to Whitehall Palace Perhaps we can speak to the King there

The wind is stronger aud many streets are now on fire The houses on London Bridge are buramg fast and people afe jumping into the r iver

A 1 ( (

plliace II big house where iI IIinlllives

Can you stop the flre Pepys asks the chief fi re-fighter Us no good be answers Theres nothing we can do But you must blow up tbe bu ildings in fron t of the fire says Pepys Then it can t spread to diITerent par ts of the city

-o----~drnas

blow up 10 I)rta~ into small piKes noi$l~

22 23

c gt lt2

But we need to asLk-T-hBludworth the Lord Mayor says the chief fire-fighter Where is be asks Pepys Nobody knows be answers

7bullshy

outslc1e In front of

READING CHECK

Choose the correct pictures

a Alat of families go to the

I Pifrri

h Some people feel when they see Thomas Farriner

c Thomas Farriner says I have a shop _ bull (a nr 1r--ooCAmiddot17 --

d In the streets there are a lot of

oJO-=lt77 I O--r~-~middot ~ - I

e Pepys and Moore talk to

-

to the Kings palace

WORD WORK

1 Find nine more words from Chapter 4 in the wordsquare

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentences

a The fire-fighters must stop the fire they must 9 914 P the houses

b We can go for a long walk on the of the river

c Shallt those bags for you Yes please Im very tired

d Theres a lot of smoke in the house Something is

e The children are very of thOse big dogs

f The King lives ill a very big

g Wheres Richard look hes thai shop over there

h A of people are waiting for Ihe film slar at Ihe airport

You can travel to our country by or by plane

Can yOu open the door for me No sorry my hands are

GUESS WHAT

What happens at the Kings palace Tick two boxes

The King

a 0 doesnt talk to Pepys d 0 gives Pepys some money

b 0 lauShs at Pepys e 0 gives Pepys a letter for the Lord Mayor

c 0 listens carefully to Pepys f 0 goes to the fire with Pepys

5 24

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 16: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

READING CHECK

Choose the correct pictures

a Alat of families go to the

I Pifrri

h Some people feel when they see Thomas Farriner

c Thomas Farriner says I have a shop _ bull (a nr 1r--ooCAmiddot17 --

d In the streets there are a lot of

oJO-=lt77 I O--r~-~middot ~ - I

e Pepys and Moore talk to

-

to the Kings palace

WORD WORK

1 Find nine more words from Chapter 4 in the wordsquare

2 Use the words from Activity 1 to complete the sentences

a The fire-fighters must stop the fire they must 9 914 P the houses

b We can go for a long walk on the of the river

c Shallt those bags for you Yes please Im very tired

d Theres a lot of smoke in the house Something is

e The children are very of thOse big dogs

f The King lives ill a very big

g Wheres Richard look hes thai shop over there

h A of people are waiting for Ihe film slar at Ihe airport

You can travel to our country by or by plane

Can yOu open the door for me No sorry my hands are

GUESS WHAT

What happens at the Kings palace Tick two boxes

The King

a 0 doesnt talk to Pepys d 0 gives Pepys some money

b 0 lauShs at Pepys e 0 gives Pepys a letter for the Lord Mayor

c 0 listens carefully to Pepys f 0 goes to the fire with Pepys

5 24

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 17: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

They arrive at the Palace of Whitehall Were here ro see the Kin g says Pepys at the front door

A crowd of men is standtog outside the door They are all talking excitedly We must wait for rain says one old man No we must bring more water from the river says a young man

But we need more rlre-fighters to do that cries a third nian

iluanl a man who SlOPS oeople from goine inlJ II buildltlt

What do you two think the young man calls to Pepys and Moore

Suddenly everybody goes quiet Slow up the buildings in front of the fire says the young man He is surprised Yes thats right says Pepys

Pepys wa lks over to [he crowd of men There is only one solution he says We must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

Just then tbe guard cnes The King wants to see Samuel Pepys Now Pepys is surprised

only not mONl th~n sJ lution the answer to a problem surprised feeling that sornethirlj Ye~ new 1$ SIJOdenY haocening

27

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 18: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

Pepys goes into the Kings room Your Majesty this is Samuel Pepys says the guard

The fire is now out or control Your Majesty says Pepys We must do something very quickly But what asks the King

Good morning Mr Pepys says the King I hear you bave news abou t the fire Is this true Yes Your Majesty says Pepys

The fire-fighters must blow up the houses in front or tbe frre says Pepys

Yesl cries the King Thats the solutionl We must blow up the houses Then the nre can t spread

YWf MaJlaquoty you say Ihl$ wtoen you talk to cins or a queen

The King writes a letter Give thi s Nobody can find him says Pepys letter to Thomas Bludworth the You must find him says the King Lord Mayor he says

letter a pie-ce1)f paper with wrltln8 coach a kind of car witt) horses madly quiCkly and wllhoUllhinking WIlt you 3end It to someone

28 29

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 19: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

irdurs when the King wants to see him

b

I I I

~

2 Read the blue squares and write down the name of the high building on page 31

READING CHECK

Choose Ihe correct words to complete these sentences

a At the door of the palace Pepys ta lks to a 8 t8id

b Outside the pa lace Pepys meets a crowd of lWomen Filen

c EOore [epys talks to I d The King E nts 2entwant to blow up the houses

e The King gives Pepys a ~cr __

f The King wants Pepys to find the lord Mayor lilfChi~ fire-fighter

g Pepys goes back to the fire In the Kings boat lOach

WORD WORK

1 Find words from Chapter 5 in t hese sentences and complete th e puzzle below

a You must say Your ~ityMes to a king b Pepys travels in the Kingssohac

c How can we stop the fire asks the Ki ng Pepys finds

the tslnou to the Kings question

d A durag takes Pepys to see the Xing

e Pepys and Moore drive Laymd through the streets

f Pepys is very ~~

g loyn nine people die in the Great Fire

h The King gives Pepys a teller for the lord Mayor

c I d I I I I I I -gt

f lllli l l e ll lh I----~---J--J

GUESS WHAT

What happens in the next chapter Tick the boxes

a Pepys is angry with c The fire bums for

1 0 Richard Moore 1 0 one more day

2 0 the lord Mayor 2 0 three more days

3 0 the chief firemiddot fighter 3 0 one more week

b Who writes about the fi re in his diary d The fire burns

o the King o 300 houses

2 0 Thomas Farriner 2 0 3000 houses

3 0 Samuel Pepys 3 0 13000 houses

1114 ________ (1669) to rem4mber the Gat Fire of lon40n

You can wDlk up H tc4t1y

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 20: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

Hello Pepys says the Lord Mayor Im very tired - I must sit down

Here is a letter from the King says Pepys You must blow up the buildings in front of the fire

bull

fiiffJ 11- - --- - 7 j sectMN_5iJ ~ h~

I know says the Lord Mayor I want to pull down houses near the fire but nobody hstens to me People dont want to lose their homes

they are very near to the Hre Its no good says Pepys to the soldiers You must blow up bu ildings one street away from the fife

uv

Just then some of the Kings soldiers arrive Lord Mayor we are here to blow up houses says one of the soldiers Yes says the Lord Mayor Good luck Im going home now Im tired and dirty and I want to change my clothes But Lord Mayor Waitl call the soldiers

The soldiers pull down houses and blow up shops It is now nine oclock on Sunday evening Pepys and Moore go home

tired you feel tired when you need pull down to make a building soldie r a person in an army to srt down or sleep come down

2

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 21: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

For three more days the Great Fire or London burns Frigh tened people On the fourth day the wind changes direction and the Hre slowly stops and hungry rats run madly through the streets The fire-fi ghters stand and watch for the rrrst time in days

The fire spreads to the most important houses and churches in the city Old St Pauls Cathedral bums day and night

burn to be on fwe cathedl31 a big important churcnglte31 _el) big or Im portant

At borne Pepys begins to write government must work a lot to

direction where sornelhing is gaing

34

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 22: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

Fifty years later London is a very different city There afe no mare old narrow streets in the city centre but beautiful wide streets instead And a new St Pauls Cathedral stands not far from the banks of the River Thames But the most important thlng is

They look over the city What a black day says Pepys Over tbirteen thousand houses and nineLy churches and DOW there is nothing Dout feel bad about that says Moore Instead lets remember something important Ooly nine people are dead

wide nOI nlll(l

Five days later Pepys and Moore climb up the tower of the last church in the centre of London

centre the part In the mIddle in~e3d in the plampee of something

shy there are no more rats

31

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 23: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

READING CHECK

Choose the right words to finiSh the sentences

a When th e soldiers arrive the Lord

Mayor goes

1 ia home

2 0 to the Kings palace

3 0 to the Tower 01 london

b At first the soldiers blow up buildings

lOin the fire

2 0 very near the fire

3 0 one street away from the fire

c SI Pauls Cathedral

1 0 burns for a long time

2 0 burns for a shOrt time

3 0 isnt in the fire

WORD WORK

Find the words from Chapter 6

a bI(C0$

b s

c i

d I

d After four days the wind

1 0 stops

2 0 changes direct ion

3 0 becomes stronger

e In the Greet Fire of l ondon

o nine people die

2 0 ninety people die

3 0 nine hundred people die

f Fifty years later l ondon has

lOa new cathedral

2 0 a lot of rats

3 0 beautiful narrow streets

e w

f d

g c middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot

h c

2 Use the words from ActivITy 1 to complete the sentences

a The Great Fire of London Q4r0 ~ for five days

b A church is smaller than a

c The lord Mayor IS very and he wants to go to sleep

d Th e fi r emiddotfighters cant stop t he f ire by pulling down houses they must blow up the

houses __ _

e The wind changes after four days and the fire stops

f A IS a person whO wor ks tn the army

g The new of London has beauti ful streets

GUESS WHAT

What happens to Samuel Pepys after the fire Tick two boxes

a 0 He meets and loves the Kings daughter

b 0 The King gives him a big house and a lot of money

c D He becomes an important person in the gOlemment

d 0 Mer the fire he stops working and is a very poor man

e 0 He is the next Lord Mayor of l ondon

f 0 lots of people r ead about the fire in his diary hundreds of years later

38 39

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 24: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

~ ~iN~91i Famous Disasters

1 Use the wordS in the box to complete this news r eport about the Eruption of

Mount Vesuvius

[

boats burning city clouds crowds direction frightened jump letter on fire

24AUG~ 79- shy

VESUVIUS ISERUP~ING -shy

Mount Vesuvius is erupting (a)_bullbullbullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbullbullbull~ rocks a re falling=1n

the bl o of-Pompeii below middot

The sky is black with (c)

of ash an9 middotthe city is(d)

(e~bull of (f)~ people middotare -nlnning from- their houses They a~ ru nning in the (g) bullbull bullbull of theseamiddotandwajting for (M bull _- (0 taJ(emiddot th~rri middot

away

the sea Pliny the younger is wriUng ~bou~ th~ di~ster in am to middota friend His und~ PIiI1 the olde~

tells aUthe b9ats to gOacross the sea minyt~e old~r is goi ng witn them to

help the- igte9pe in pom~ii fwerity j hltusaJld people

(j) j~to bOats and get B~f Pliny the older and over

~middotmiddot~us~ud _p~pre are left iri the bu~jng city rh~ymiddotare ~II the bUrniOgfoiks and ash

2 Use the information in Activity 1 to complete the table

DISASTER NAME (~~Th~~poundr-u-p~tiO--O-f-V--wn~middotu--------------)

r WHERE AND WHEN

WHAT IS HAPPENING

WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE YOUNGER DOING

WHAT IS PLINY THE OLDER DOING

I

I

j 3 Complete this table about th e Great Fire O)~ondon

DISASTER NAME (~~Th=--G-r--t-F~ir--of--l-o-d-O---------------gt

WHERE AND WHEN ( gt WHAT IS HAPPENING c gt WHAT ARE PEOPLE DOING C gt

iiiii ( )WHAT ARE THE FIRE-FIGHTERS DOING

WHAT IS PEPYS DOING C gt HOW MANY ARE DEAD c gt

4 Now write a news report about the Great Fire of London Begin your report like this

3 September 1666

Thj~ i~ the second day of the fire and the city of London is burning 40

41

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 25: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

M 3 Heres another conversation What does Pepys say Complete the conversation QjllllWj Conversations about The Fire

1 Who are these people from The Great Fire of London Match the two parts of the sentences

a Thomas Farnner

b Mary

c Anne farriner

d Samuel Pepys

e Charles II

r Thomas Bludworth

g Harriet Farriner

h Jane

RiChard Moore

bull1 is the baker s wife

2 is the bakers maid

3 is the bakers daughter

4 is the lord Mayor of london

5 is the baker to th e King

6 works (or the government and writes in hi s diary every day

7 is Samuel Pepyss maid

8 is Samuel Pepyss good friend

9 is the King of England

2 Use these words to complet e th Is conversation

girls rememb~r Shop smoke talking wake where

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE

THOMAS

ANNE THOMAS

ANNE

(a ) up Thomas Theres a fire

A fire (b) is it

think its down in the (c)

Theres a l ot of (d) on the stairs

Oh no~ I (e) now The oven door

What are you (f) about

Oh iIs not important

QuiCk l ets go and tell the (g) JANE

Come on PEPYS

JANE

PEPYS

JANE PEPYS

JANE Wake up sir Theres a fire in the City

PEPYS (a)

JANE Over there l ook out of the window

PEPYS (b)

But irsmiddot spreading very fast sir

W

Back to bed sir Im afraid The fire is out of cont rol

(d)

They are putting water on the fi r e but the wind is making the fi re str onger

(el

42 43

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 26: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

m 4 Choose one of these pictures from the story Write the conversation

GRAMMAR CHECK

Present Simple affirmative and negative

We make most Present Simple affirmative verbs with the infinitive without to We add - s or - es to make the third person singular for m

Just then Mary comes in fhomDS goes uf to bed

We make most th ird person Present Simple ne~ativJerbs with doesntdont + infinitive without to He doesnt close the oven door

The Present Simple affirmative of be -7 isare ~and the Present Simple negative of

be -7 isn tarent

The fire isnt very big All the houses ore on fire

1 Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple - affirmative or negative

Today london a) ~~ (have) a

very important mayor lhe lord Mayor

of london [very year there is a l ord

Mayors Show The new lord Mayor

b) (gol thrltlugh the streets of

the old centre of london Of course the

lord Mayor c) (not walk) He

d) (drive) in a wonderfu l old

coach with beautiful hOrses And he

e) (not wear) usual clothes He fl (put on) a red coat and a big

black hat

The show g) (begin) at 1 J oclock in the morning and the lord Mayor

h) (move) slowly through the streets in his coach for about three hours Many

people from different countries i) (come) to watCh but they j) (not

know) the lord Mayors name because he k) (not be) a very famous person

All the people at the lord Mayors Show I) (have) an exciting time The show

m) (finish) at 5 oclock with lots of fireworks over the River Thames The lord

Mayor n) (watch) the fireworks and then 0) (say) goodbye to the 5 Now read your conversation with a friend

crowd

44 45

~ 4

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 27: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

GRAMMAR CHECK

Modal auxiliary verbs must

We use must + infinitive without to when we think it is necessary or very important

to do something or when it is an obligation

I must go to the Tower of tondon

She must climb down the ladder

We must help the people of London

2 Complete the sentences with must and the verbs in the bOlt

blow up come help Jkf1l]1 arrive sit down speak

a You ~Yft ~~r0 to the house next door Mary 7b The fire-fighters Quickly _---7

c Where is the l ord Mayor He

here soon to see the fire d to the King Of England Its

very important

e Im very tired I in a chair

f We the houses in fNlnt of

the fire

g The government the people of london

~ Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a the I bread I King I must I they make I for ni ce

Th~J (0y~t r0~~ 0ic~ P(~0cent f9tt0~ KI0~j b firemiddotfi ghters f nnd more I water the must

c must f out I Pepys I of I Quickly I jump I bed

d now house I must Ieave 1 the

e the r find I a I you I on boat I river I must

46

GRAMMAR CHECK

Subject and object pronouns

We use subject pronouns - I yo u he she it we and they - to replace subject

noun s Subject pronouns go in front of the main verb

Mary helps to bake bread She helps to bake bread ~

The Mayor Isnt here He IS asleep

We use obj ect pronouns - me you him her It us and them - to re ~ace object

nouns Object pronouns go afte r the main verb They can also go afterwprepositions

Thats the baker I kno w tum Where are the guards I cant see them

Pepys finds tile King and he speaks to him

4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences

a london is an old Cityte has lots of narrow streets

b There are rats in all the streets and the -------_-- ---- ----

houses People dont like theythem ~

c An old woman gets into a boat SheHer is

frightened

d Samuel Pcpys is in bed HimHe is asleep

e The fire is very bad Th e tlremiddotfighters must

stop itlthem

f I want to see Pepys says the Ki ng Bring him to lime

5 Complete the sentences Use the subject and object pronouns in the box

he her it you they

L _____ - em him you__------__~th

a Harri et is sixteen$t~ lives over a shop Many young men like

b The baker starts the fire Everybody is angry with so r uns away

c The rats run through the streetS are very big and nObadl( likes

d Are afraid of the fire Yes am

e Please open this letter from the King He wants to read now

47

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 28: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

GRAMMAR CHECK

Adjectives order before nouns

We use adjectives to describe nouns Adjectives go in fron t of a noun

london has old narrow streets

When there is more than one adject ive we put the adjective that gives our opinion first

on IfIteresting new cathedral a mce big green boat

We usually put adjectives in this order

1 Opinion 2 Size 3Age 4 Shape 5 Colour 6 Nationality

wonderful big old narrow blue English

good ittle new wide red French -

6 Wrtte the words in the correct order to make sentences

a great I EngliSh I hes I writer I a tI~ - 0 _s_e0t I~9)isry~it~r b maid I a new I nice I shes

c rats brown I theyre long

d old I hes I bad I mayor I a

e a I man hes young tall

7 What can people see 50 years after the Great Fire of London Put the words in brackets in the correct order and write sentences

a There are a lot of streets (wide I nice big)

T~~E 9f~ 0 9t qf 0ic~)Qipoundk 1iQ~ ~Ir~~ts b Theres a cathedral (white f beautiful)

c There are some shops (French I new I wonderful)

d Theres a bridge (narrow old)

e There are a lot of houses (red new nice)

a

GRAMMAR CHECK

Everybody everything nobody nothIng somebody and someth ing

We use everybody and everything to talk about a ll the people and a ll the things

Everybody wants 0 boat on the river I can see everything from here

We use nobody and nothing to talk about no person or people or no thing or things

Nobody listens to me We hale nothing

We use somebody and something to ta lk about an unknown person or thing

Somebody brings 0 ladder We must do something about the fire

8 Write the sentences again Use everybody everything nobody nothing somebody or something

a All the people must leave the city ~Yft7j P9qj ~~~t I~0Y~ t~~ Gt~ b No person can stop the lire

c Theres a person on the root

d We must take all the things out of Our hOuse

e After the fire there s not one thjM left in the centr e of london

f I can see ~ in the river 9 Complete the dialotue with the words in the box

somebody everybody nobody nothing sDP-letRiilg-

King Mr Pepys you know a) ~~~t)i Yg about the fire Please teU me

Pepys Your MajeSty the fire is out of control We must blow up the houses in front of it

King Oh dear b) must find the l Ord Mayor i

QUickly

Pepys Yes Your Majesty but c) can find

him

King Take one of my coaches now Oh and Pepys - is

the cathedral all right

Pepys No Your Majesty d) is safe and

e) is frightened The fire is very big

I~

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 29: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

GRAM MAR CHEC K

Suffixes --ed and -lng

We can add the s uffixes -ed and - lng to a verb or noun to make some adjectives

Adjectives with -ed usua lly describe how somebody feels

Mory IS frightened of the lire

Samuel Pepys is in bed because he is tired

Adjectives with -ing usually describe something

The fire is frightenin(J

His wor k is very firing

10 Choose the correct word to complete the sente nces

a The Lord ~ayor isQiring because he always

sleeps badly

b Samuel Pepyss diary is very interestedInteresting

c The men are excited exciting when they meet the King

d People are surprisedsurprising about the number of

houses on fire

e The fire is spreading Its very frightenedfrightening

f Are you interested interesting in the Kings pel ace

I The news about the fire isnt SUiprisedsurprising

11 Complete the sentences wfth the correct adjectives

lond - teres+ iVl CI ty a on lsa veryln i

b Mary is too fr to jump to the house next door

c Pepys is in in the Great Fire of london -------------~ d MakJng bread is ti work

e The fi re in Pudding l ane is fr

f The King is su because nobody can

find the lord Mayor

g Harriet and Mary go up to bed because they

are ti

h The crowd at the Palace of Whitehall are

ex

so

GRAMMAR CHECK

Plural nouns

We usually add - s to Singular nouns to make p lural nouns

maid - maids bridge - bridges r iver - rivers

Whe n a noun ends in - sh -ch - s - 55 - x or - l we add -es to make the plural

bus - buses dress - dresses watch - watches box - boxes

When a noun ends in a consonant + - y we change the y to i and add - es

country - countriBS story - stories family - fam ilies

Some nouns have irregular plurals

man - men woman - women Child - children person - people

12 Complete the sentences with a plural noun Use the words in the box

cAtkt church city coach day diary person

a The ~h 9r~0 ru n away from the fire

b In 1666 l ondon is one of the biggest in the world

c When the fire begins all the bells ring In the rlbull ------7 ~MIT___I

d Pepys and Moore drive th rough the streets in

one of the Kings bull e The Great Fire of london stops after five

f Only nine die in the Great Fire of

london bull

g Samuel Pepyss are now very famous books

13 Correct the text people When the fire begins 811 the a)~run out of their b) Musses to see it The

c) boyes and d) girles are frightened Everybody tells e) storys about the burning city

When the fi re gets worse all the 0 ratts come out of the g) buitdinges too The

h) mans i) womans and j) childs of l ondon all run through the k) streetes to the

11 bankes of the River Thames Two or three m) familys jump into n) boatts and they

~ down the river away from the fire

51

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy

Page 30: oxFORD - JU „Peta osnovna škola“ · It's London, 1666. It's a hot, dry summer. A small fire starts in a ·baker's shop in Pudding Lane. Soon the city of London is burning and

bullbullbull

1 1I

bullI DOlfufIOes IS an enjoyable senes of Il lustrated classIc and modern stories in four careful ly graded language stages - from Starter to Three - which la~e learners from beginner to Intermed iate level

Each DemirlO reader includes

bull a good story to read and enj oy bull integrated activities to develop reading Skills arld IIlcrease acl lve vocabulal) bull personalized projects to make the language and stor) themes more meaningful bull seven pages of grammar activities for consOlidation

Each Domino pack contains a reader plus II MultiROM with cgt a complet e audio recording cfthe story fully dramatiled to Imng It to life interact ive activities to offer hr1her practice In reading and language skills

and to cOn$olidate learning

II you liked this Starter l evel Oomiflo why not read these

WilHam Ten and Oth er Stories RetOld byJ()hr) [sWfl 11M mtn and Ihe women n tto~ bllOk - WUm Tell TOI1l 81OOd l or1l Bao King Ml1tllia~ Johnny tgpIUed and LaQy Go(ja - are ~I ~I peo~ from 10 Sui _ 111 1111 lomcoot Ielisan Old Sloryl~y COIange thng 10 ~ IO m ~1gt IMm bigger beller an more ellCtng So whal is troe in Ih book 3ltltl wtgtal I ~ Reaoa all s of Ihbullbulltore and See omt you think 800k IS8H 9180 13147030 MullillON h~k IS8II 3780 1342661 ~

Trimn ilnd Isolde rs Rero(J tJy 811 Bowler Trstan anoJ 1$Oldee n loYr bullsoide must marry Kin~ Mao1lt Sua haPpy 100 $IQIIcem m~tIe

Tilt loners meet every ony but llilm One niiht Kng Mark 1Inds them lpteher 100 Ir~tan must ~1IVe the ~sle bill tie is badly hurt and dyipg Only Isolde

eshy UII help him

~ shy Can IWlde ~ltgtd li$l~n n llmeCn the i love wrvo

n 800k IS8N 9nO 194147t MultROM P~k ISBN 9780 19 4Z4li774

You ca n find detailS nd lullli$1 of books in the Dominoes catalogue and Orlord ltntlish 1lI nl u311e leachlnl Catalogue and on lhe we bsite WWooU)comelt

TUell eN ne wwwoup Com eltfora full range of onlin e s upport or consult your kxal offite

Cambridge on IElTS TOHL IBT TOliCm

MM Ylpound Movers

Levell AI-A2 YlE FlyellX[f KETmiddotPET 31)40~-lt m 57-86 SSO

INl[ bullbull lmiddot GNl

lt l 1iL d

~Jl U- v) --lt H-fshy